“If ever I undertook the supremely difficult inquiry of what was conducive to our welfare I should feel that I needed to arm myself beforehand with whatever resources logic could afford, to speak of no others.”
The Peirce Project is home to many resources, some uniquely significant, that are crucial for the study of the many facets of Peirce’s works. Access the descriptions of those resources by navigating the menu on the left. We also provide links to other valuable resources online (work in progress: other websites already provide an abundance of such links).
Max Harold Fisch* (1900–1995) is considered as the founding father of Peirce scholarship, and he is the founding general editor of the Peirce Edition Project. He spent the bulk of his long scholarly life studying Peirce—principally, but he had many other scholarly interests. In 1959 he was appointed official biographer of Charles S. Peirce by the Philosophy Department of Harvard University. That Department owns the Peirce Papers (preserved in the Houghton Library). Fisch was given unparalleled access to the Peirce papers for decades. Over the course of 50 years he accumulated an enormous amount of information regarding Charles S. Peirce, his relatives, his colleagues, his academic, scientific, social, intellectual, and historical universe. He maintained assiduous correspondence with hundreds of other researchers nationally and internationally, and visited or contacted many libraries and archives to track Peirce-related documents and obtain copies of them. When Max Fisch left IUPUI in 1991, he donated all of his papers and his stellar library to the Peirce Project, along with the collection that had been put under his care by a prestigious colleague of his: Charles W. Morris.
The “Max H. Fisch Library” was therefore initially created to name that most precious set of collections: his papers, his books, and the Morris books and papers (associated with the twentieth-century “Unity of Science Movement” that is a huge part of the origin of the spread of analytical philosophy in the United States). It was only after the Institute for American Thought was created, and after its components moved to the basement of the ES building, that the “Max H. Fisch Library” was extended, as a moniker meant to celebrate and honor Max Fisch’s memory, to other collections that were in time added to the library. What makes the Max H. Fisch Library unique among other things is its concentration on classical American philosophy as a whole within the much larger social, intellectual, economic, scientific, and historical context of the times. The late specialist of American philosophy, Peter H. Hare, declared that the IAT collections were to his knowledge the best in the world, more so than in any other research center of high respectability in classical American philosophy he had seen.
Essential to keep in mind is that the “Max H. Fisch Library” was reconceived in this manner to play a strategic goal within the Institute for American Thought, that of unifying all of its scholarly and research pursuit under the name of one of the most respected scholars and historians of philosophy in US history. Such a unification resulted from critical attention given to the specialized consolidation of library holdings. It mattered a great deal that all books be connected (1) to nineteenth-century to mid-twentieth-century intellectual history; (2) to Peirce’s vast realm of intellectual pursuits: mathematics and the history and philosophy of mathematics, science and the history and philosophy of science, philosophy and the history of philosophy, logic and the history of logic, semiotics; (3) to some of Max Fisch’s own realm of interests that made him famous, especially his work on Italian philosopher Vico, Gentile, and others, on top of his own research on stoic law and classical Greek philosophy; (4) pragmatism and the other great pragmatist philosophers (William James, John Dewey, Josiah Royce, and other Peirce contemporaries or followers); (5) the Unity of Science Movement (Morris); (6) past and contemporary secondary literature related to such topics.
Such a strategy has paid off in different ways. The library has become a principal reason that attracts national and international scholars, whether well established or doing graduate-level research, to visit the IAT and conduct short- or long-term research in our premises. Our library’s specialized concentration has in turn attracted additional donations from significant scholars looking for an ideal place as a repository for their own intellectual legacy.
In addition to comprehensive collections of books and periodicals relating to Peirce and Vico, the Max Fisch Library contains over 13,000 volumes in philosophy, the classics, literature, history, psychology, religious studies, sciences, and languages, many of which are out of print today. Fisch’s papers include a comprehensive biographical reference catalog that, along with the edition’s master reconstruction of Peirce’s known writings, draw research scholars from all over the world.
* See David L. Marshall’s paper, “Historical and Philosophical Stances: Max Harold Fisch, A Paradigm for Intellectual Historians,” in European Journal of Pragmatism and American Philosophy 8.2 (2009): 248–74 for a presentation of Fisch’s scholarly acumen.
The Max H. Fisch Papers occupy 65 drawers which include correspondence, lectures, notes, published articles, pamphlets, conference programs, newspaper clippings, and other items connected with his research. The main finding aid is downloadable here, and the supplement finding aid here.
Useful to know is that the University of Illinois Archives own a collection titled “Max Fisch Papers, 1928–67” consisting of ten boxes of papers arranged by subject; here is a link to its finding aid (downloadable PDF). Two other collections at the University of Illinois Archives also contain substantial Fisch-related documents: the D. Walter Gotshalk Papers, 1925, 1927-1970 and the Jordan, Elijah. Papers, 1899-1962.
The Max H. Fisch Collection includes numerous books (560 linear feet) catalogued in an Endnote database downloadable here. Many of these books are now out of print. Fisch’s books range in topics and include philosophy (classical, medieval, modern, and contemporary), the classics, literature, history, psychology, religious studies, science, languages, Charles S. Peirce, and Giambattista Vico.
During his forty years of researching Charles S. Peirce, Max H. Fisch compiled a comprehensive Reference Catalog, which is part of the Max H. Fisch Collection. The Reference Catalog (about 60,000 3" X 5" slips) is divided by subject, chronological year, and manuscript number in accordance with the Robin Catalog. The Reference Catalog contains Peirce quotes and information about his writings, professional dealings, colleagues, family, and personal life.
The Max H. Fisch Library is a large and complex cluster of scholarly resources and collections, the vast majority of which is associated with the Peirce Edition Project. Administratively, the Max H. Fisch Library depends on the Institute for American Thought and is sometimes informally called the IAT Library.
Here is a link to a PDF that describes the collections and resources associated with the Peirce Edition Project. They are divided into three categories: those that constitute the Max H. Fisch Library (related to the research operation of the Peirce Project): pp. 1–17; those that are related to the editorial operation of the Peirce Project: pp. 18–20 (here is an old finding aid); and those that are related to the art of the theory, practice, and teaching of critical textual editing: pp. 20–21. An online catalog of the books in some of the collections of the Max H. Fisch Library is accessible at this URL (not those of the Max Fisch Collection itself, which were catalogued separately in an Endnote database downloadable here).
THE MAJOR COLLECTIONS INCLUDE:
* Books of Paul Weiss that contain annotations in his hand are held separately in IU Indianapolis Library’s Special Collections: see their inventory in this downloadable PDF.
THE SMALLER COLLECTIONS INCLUDE:
THE ARCHIVES GENERATED BY THE PEIRCE PROJECT’s decades of operation have naturally grown as work on our volumes proceeds at a speed that varies according to funding and staffing. PEP-related Collections include artifacts and many drawers full of folders. Those myriad folders include:
Artifacts include objects and display received on permanent loan from NOAA (which includes the US Coast and Geodetic Survey, the government entity Peirce worked for over 31 years).
PEP collection also includes copies of numerous doctoral dissertations and master’s theses; a complete set of the annual reports of the US Coast and Geodetic Survey; several copies of the Century Dictionary and Cyclopedia (of which Peirce was a principal contributor) as well as a full copy of Peirce’s own interleaved set of that dictionary’s first printing, replete with his supplementary entries.
Digitized copies of select Peirce manuscripts have been uploaded online in multiple locations. Here are a few links to the major online repositories.
The Institute for Studies in Pragmaticism is the first and thus oldest organized research center on Peirce. Two prominent Peirce scholars created it in 1972 at Texas Tech University in Lubbock, Texas. They were Charles S. Hardwick and Kenneth L. Ketner, who brought in Max H. Fisch as a visiting professor in their university. The Institute became the strategic and conceptual birthplace of what was to become the Peirce Edition Project in Indianapolis. The mission of the Institute was and remains to this day to facilitate study of the life and works of Peirce and his continuing influence within interdisciplinary sciences. As of spring 2020, the Institute has a new director, Charles Sanders Peirce Interdisciplinary Professor Elize Bisanz.
Among the major resources produced by the Institute is A Comprehensive Bibliography of the Published Works of Charles Sanders Peirce with a Bibliography of Secondary Studies, under the joint editorship of Kenneth L. Ketner, Christian J. W. Kloesel, Joseph M. Ransdell, Max H. Fisch, and Charles S. Hardwick (Greenwich, CT: Johnson Associates, 1977). Professor Ketner published a second revised edition in 1986 under the aegis of the Philosophy Documentation Center.
That bibliography incorporated all previous bibliographies (eight of them, compiled between 1916 and 1974 by Morris Cohen, Irving C. Smith, Daniel C. Haskell, Arthur W. Burks, and especially Max H. Fisch, who compiled half of them). It served as a companion to another major product: a collection of 149 microfiches titled Charles Sanders Peirce: Complete Published Works, included Selected Secondary Materials (Greenwich, CT: Johnson Associates, 1977). This collection was subsequently made available by the Philosophy Documentation Center under the title Charles S. Peirce Microfiche Collection. It was completed in 1986 by 12 supplementary microfiches.
In 2013, that entire collection was digitized and ported online, where it can be viewed through 1248 downloadable PDFs. That set of PDFs constitute the Third Digital Edition of The Published Works of Charles Sanders Peirce. Explanations regarding its method of preparation, how to use it, and how to refer to it in the form of a bibliographical citation, are provided in an online guide. The digitized version of the Comprehensive Bibliography consists of a PDF document that is also downloadable.
For the convenience of researchers, we provide below an alternate tabulation of the PDF links, organized by publication year.
P numbers denote publications by Peirce;
O numbers publications by authors other than Peirce.
Each link displays the title of the publication and its source as found in the Comprehensive Bibliography, including a number of revisions or corrections based on Peirce Project findings. Missing P or O numbers (principally O numbers) denote by their absence documents that were not filmed in the microfiche edition; they are marked “(NF)” in the Comprehensive Bibliography.
Boston Daily Evening Traveller (4 August), page 4, columns 5–6.
Boston Daily Evening Traveller (5 August), page 1, columns 6–7.
Boston Daily Evening Traveller (9 August), page 4, columns 5–6.
Boston Daily Evening Traveller (10 August), page 2, columns 4–5.
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1859, House Ex. Doc. No. 41, 36th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Thomas H. Ford, p. 36.
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1860, House Ex. Doc. No. 14, 36th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 85–86.
The American Journal of Science and Arts, second series 35, whole series 85 (January 1863), 78–82. The article is dated, “Cambridge, Mass., Dec. 1862.”
Oration delivered at the reunion of the Cambridge High School Association, Thursday evening, 12 November. Extracts printed in Cambridge Chronicle, 18 (21 November), no. 47, page 1, columns 1–5. See R 1638.
The North American Review, vol. 98 (April), 342–369. The page heading of this review is “Shakespearean Pronunciation.” Written in collaboration with John Buttrick Noyes.
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1862, House Ex. Doc. No. 22, 37th Congress, 3d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 15–16, 155–156, 157–158.
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1863, House Ex. Doc. No. 11, 38th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 146– 154; See also p. 15.
Privately printed booklet. “Distributed at the Lowell Institute, Nov., 1866, by Charles S. Peirce, of Cambridge, Mass.”
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1864, House Ex. Doc. No. 15, 38th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 114; see also p. 11.
The North American Review, vol. 105 (July), 317–321.
The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, vol. 2, 57–61. The article refers to a previous work in the same journal at 1 (1867), 250–256—those pages are filmed here to facilitate understanding of the issues Peirce and Harris are discussing in P 00025.
The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, vol. 2, 103–114.
The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, vol. 2, 140–157.
The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, vol. 2, 191–192. See P 00025 and P 00028.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 7, 250–261. Read before the Academy on 12 March 1867.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 7, 261–287. Read before the Academy on 9 April 1867.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 7, 287–298. Read before the Academy on 14 May 1867.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 7, 402–412. Read before the Academy on 10 September 1867.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 7, 416–432. Read before the Academy on 13 November 1867.
The American Journal of Science and Arts, second series 48, whole series 98 (November), 404–405.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1869, Boston: Ticknor and Fields, pp. 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, and 46.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1869, Boston: Ticknor and Fields, pp. 62–64.
Chemical News, American Supplement. American reprint vol. 4 (June), 339–340. Letter to the editor.
The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, vol. 2, 193–208.
The Nation, vol. 9 (22 July) 73–74, filmed at P 00043, pages 29–32.
The Nation, vol. 9 (25 November) 461–462, filmed at P 00043, pages 32–37.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1866, House Ex. Doc. No. 87, 39th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 24–25; see also p. 22 for mention of the “Schooner Peirce.”
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1867, House Ex. Doc. No. 275, 40th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 19.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1861, House Ex. Doc. No. 275, 40th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 19–20, filmed at P 00047.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1870, Boston: Fields, Osgood & Co., p. 61.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1870, Boston: Fields, Osgood & Co., pp. 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, and 46.
The Nation, vol. 11 (4 August) 77–78, filmed at P 00043, pages 38–40. Probably by Peirce.
The North American Review, vol. 110 (April), 463–468.
The Nation, vol. 12 (20 April) 276, filmed at P 00043, pages 41–42. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 13 (30 November) 355–356; see also vol. 13 (2 November 1871) 294, filmed at P 00043, pages 43–45.
The Nation, vol. 13 (14 December), 386, filmed at P 00043, page 45. Signed letter.
The North American Review, vol. 113 (October), 449–472.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 16 December. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 35. Announcement only.
Report of the Fortieth Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Liverpool in September 1810, second sequence of pages, pp. 14–15. See P 00052.
Paper read before the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 12 March. Cited in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 8 (May 1868 to May 1873), Boston and Cambridge: Welch, Bigelow, and Company, 1873, p. 412.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1812, Boston: James R. Osgood and Company, pp. 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, and 46.
The Nation, vol. 14 (11 April) 244–246; see also 14 (4 April 1872) 222. Peirce definitely wrote the review of Wilson’s book, and probably also wrote the reviews of the other books mentioned in this review article. Filmed at P 00043, pages 46–51.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 19 October. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 63. See MSS 1055 and 1059. Announcement only.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 21 December. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 68, abstract given. See R 1131. Announcement only.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1869, House Ex. Doc. No. 206, 41st Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 38–39.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1873, Boston: James R. Osgood and Company, pp. 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, and 46.
The Nation, vol. 17 (10 July) 28–29, filmed at P 00043, pages 52–54.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 17 May. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 88. Announcement only.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1870, House Ex. Doc. No. 112, 41st Congress, 3d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 229–232.
The Atlantic Almanac, 1874, Boston: James R. Osgood and Company, pp. 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, and 46.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 14 March. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 94. See also pp. 39 and 48 for Peirce’s appearance on membership list and contributor’s list. Announcement only.
Paper read before the Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C., 14 March. Cited in Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington, vol. 1 (1874), 97. Announcement only.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1871, House Ex. Doc. No. 121, 42d Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 9–14. Charles is mentioned at pp. 10 and 11.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1871, House Ex. Doc. No. 121, 42d Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 180–184. Peirce is mentioned at p. 182.
Paper read before the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 9 March. Cited in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 2, whole series 10 (May 1874 to May 1875), Boston: Press of John Wilson and Son, 1875, p. 473.
Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1874, edited by Spencer F. Baird, New York: Harper and Brothers, pp. 324–325. Abstract of Peirce’s article “On the Theory of Errors of Observation.”
The Democratic Party, by Melusina Fay Peirce, Cambridge: John Wilson and Son, pp. 36–37.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1872, House Ex. Doc. No. 240, 42d Congress, 3d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 50–51.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1873, House Ex. Doc. No. 133, 43d Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 175–180.
Paper read before the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 11 October. Cited in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 4, whole series 12 (May 1876 to May 1877), Boston: Press of Wilson and Son, 1877, p. 283.
Mind, vol. 1 (July), 424–425; includes editor’s reply on p. 425.
The American Journal of Science and Arts, third series 13, whole series 113 (January to June), 247–251.
Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1876, edited by Spencer F. Baird, New York: Harper and Brothers, pp. 47–48. Abstract of the star catalogue prepared under Peirce’s supervision including the list of errata in the catalogue of Heis.
par Mr. Peirce du Coast Survey U.S.A. Note Communiquée par Mr. E. Plantamour. Association géodésique internationale. This is a lithograph distributed in advance of the Geodesic Conference.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, fifth series, 3 (supplement), 543–547. Reprint of P 00100.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 4, whole series 12 (from May, 1876 to May, 1877), Boston: Press of John Wilson and Son, pp. 289–291.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1814, House Ex. Doc. No. 100, 43d Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 17–18.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 1, 59–63.
Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 2, p. 661; see also p. 574. Abstracted into German by G. Wiedemann from Peirce’s article in Nature, vol. 18 (1878), 381.
The Nation, vol. 27 (1 August) 74, filmed at P 00043, page 55.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, New York City, 5–8 November. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1883, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 85, 48th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1884, Appendix D, p. 49.
Nature, vol. 18 (4 July), 258–260. Conversation with Peirce mentioned at 260.
Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College, vol. 9, Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
The Popular Science Monthly, vol. 12 (January), 286–302.
The Popular Science Monthly, vol. 12 (March), 604–615.
The Popular Science Monthly, vol. 13 (August), 470–482.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 5, whole series 13, 115– 116; see also 427–428. Read before the Academy on 10 October 1877.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 5, whole series 13 (May 1877 to May 1878), pp. 396–401; see also p. 433. Presented by title before the Academy on 13 March. See P 00253.
“Pendulum observations, “ in Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1875, House Ex. Doc. No. 81, 44th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 19.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1875, House Ex. Doc. No. 81, 44th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 249–253.
Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Etranger, vol. 6 (December), 553–569.
Verhandlungen der vom 27 September bis 2 October 1877 zu Stuttgart abgehalten fünften allgemeinen Conferenz der Europaischen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 4, 20, 23, 100–104, 118, and 139.
Verhandlungen der vom 27 September bis 2 October 1877 zu Stuttgart abgehalten fünften allgemeinen Conferenz der Europaischen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 171–187. Comments on Peirce’s paper by Th. von Oppolzer are at pp. 188–192. Additional comments on Peirce by E. Plantamour are in an appendix entitled “Recherches Expérimentales sur le Mouvement Simultané d’un Pendule et de ses Supports.” pp. 3–5.
Paper read before the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston, 11 June. Cited in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 7, whole series 15, 369–370. See R 1072–R 1075.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 2, 330–347.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 2, 394–396, plus map plate. Erratum, American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 3 (1880). See P 00183.
The American Journal of Science and Arts, third series 18, whole series 118 (July), 51. See R 1072-R 1075.
The American Journal of Science and Arts, third series 18, whole series 118 (August), 112–119.
New York: Harper and Brothers, p. 111. Reference to Peirce’s participation in the fifth General Conference of the European International Geodetic Conference.
Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences, vol. 89, 462–463.
Read before a meeting of the Metaphysical Club, Johns Hopkins University, on 28 October. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 18. Abstract given.
The Nation, vol. 28 (3 April) 234–235, filmed at P 00043, pages 56–58.
The Nation, vol. 29 (16 October) 260, fiImed at P 00043, pages 58–6–1. The last two paragraphs are not by Peirce, their author being Russell Sturgis.
The Nation, vol. 29 (25 December) 440, filmed at P 00043, pages 61–62.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1816, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 37, 44th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 6–9.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1876, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 37, 44th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 83–129. “The list was selected under the direction of Assistant C. S. Peirce...” (p. 83).
Science News, vol. 1 (1 May), pp. 196–198. See also pp. 193–198. Abstracts of the two papers Peirce presented at the meeting of the National Academy of Sciences, 15–18 April 1879 [“On Ghosts in Diffraction Spectra” and “Comparison of Wave Lengths with the Metre”]. Reprinted in Nature, 20, (29 May 1879), 99–101 with abridgements.
Verhandlungen der vom 4 bis 8 September 1878 in Hamburg Vereinigten Permanenten Commission der Europaischen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 8–9.
Verhandlungen der vom 4 bis 8 September 1878 in Hamburg Vereinigten Permanenten Commission der Europa7schen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 116–120.
American Journal of Science, third series 20, whole series 120 (October), 327. Reprinted in The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, fifth series 10 (November 1880), 387; see P 00174.
Beiblättter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 4, p. 240; see also bibliographic references to Peirce at pp. 78, 494, 572, 582, 695, and 846. Abstracted into German by
Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 4, p. 278. Abstracted into German by E. Wiedemann from Peirce’s article in Nature, vol. 21 (1879), 108.
Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences, vol. 90 (June), 1401–1403.
Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences, vol. 90, 1463–1466. Review of “Sur la valeur de la pesanteur à Paris” by Charles Sanders Peirce.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, fifth series 10 (November), 387.
Given before the Metaphysical Club, Johns Hopkins University, on 13 January. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 34. Abstract of Marquand’s paper given.
Paper read before the Metaphysical Club, Johns Hopkins University, on 9 March. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 49. Abstract given.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1877, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, 45th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 17–18.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, 1877, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, 45th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 191–192. Same as American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 2 (1879), 394–396 plus map plate. Also reprinted in A Treatise on Projections, by Thomas Craig, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1882, p. 132.
Verhandlungen der vom 16 bis 20 September 1879 in Gent vereinigten Permanenten Commission der Europaischen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 7–10, 19–29.
Vierteljahresschrift der Astron. Gesellschaft, vol. 15, 193–208.
Paper read before the American Association for the Advancement of Science Cincinnati Ohio, August. Cited in Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Thirtieth Meeting, held at Cincinnati, Ohio, August, 1881, Salem: 1882, abstract given (presumably by Peirce) on p. 20. Notice of Peirce’s election to membership in the
Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 5, p. 12. Abstracted into German by E. Wiedemann from Peirce’s 1880 article in the American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 20, p. 327.
Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 5, pp. 48–50. Abstracted into German by E. Wiedemann from Peirce’s 1879 article in the American Journal of Mathematics, vol.
Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie, vol. 5, p. 665. Abstracted into German by E. Wiedemann from Peirce’s 1881 article in Nature, vol. 24, p. 262.
Given before the Metaphysical Club, Johns Hopkins University, November. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 177.
The Nation, vol. 32 (31 March) 227, filmed at P 00043, pages 63–64.
Nature, vol. 23 (24 March), 485–487.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series 8, whole series 16 (24 May), 443–454. Obituary notice.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1878, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 13, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 4, 18.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1879, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 17, 46th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 27–29. Most of this article consists of quotations from Peirce about work in progress or published in other journals.
Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Etranger, vol. 12, 646–650.
Paper read before the Scientific Association, Johns Hopkins University, February. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 128. Abstract given.
Verhandlungen der vom 13 bis 16 September 1880 zu Munchen Abgehaltenen Sechsten Allgemeinen Conferenz der Europaischen Gradmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 30–32; repeated on pp. 84–86.
Verhandlungen der vom 13 bis 16 September 1880 zu Munchen Abgehaltenen Sechsten Allgemeinen Conferenz der Europaischen Gradmessung. Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, pp. 43, 96, A ppendix II (pp. 1–12), Appendix IIa (pp. 1–8).
Privately printed brochure, Baltimore: 7 January; with a postscript dated 16 January.
Printed in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 184.
Paper read before the Mathematical Seminary, Johns Hopkins University, January. Cited in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 1 (1882), 179. Abstract given.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1880, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, 46th Congress, 3d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 19–20.
A Treatise on Projections, by Thomas Craig, Treasury Department, Document No. 61, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 132, 247. This is extracted from Peirce’s report on this topic in the Coast Survey Report for 1877.
The American Journal of Science, third series 26, whole series 126 (October), 299–302.
Cronica Cientifica (Barcelona), vol. 6 (25 October), 447–449.
Printed in The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, voI. 2 (1883), 34.
The Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. 2, 86–88. See the related note by Sylvester printed immediately above Peirce’s “Communication.”
Mind, vol. 8, 594–603.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1881, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 26.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1881, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 359–441. See P 00126.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1881, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 442–456.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1881, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 457–460.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1881, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 461–463.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 4.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 19.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 32–33.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 503–516. Peirce is mentioned a few times in the report, and his recorded remarks are given at several points.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 506–508; filmed at P 00260.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882,
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 557. “Owing to the already bulky proportions of this volume, Appendix No. 23 [this title] has been transferred to, and wiII appear in, the Annual Report of the Superintendent for the year 1883.” Probably the article in the Report for 1883 that is the successor of this unprinted piece is “Determinations of Gravity at Allegheny, Ebensburgh, and York, Pa., in 1879 and 1880.”
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 77, 47th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 559–563; Peirce’s comments are at p. 563.
Edited by C. S. Peirce, Boston: Little, Brown, and Company. The following parts of the book are by Peirce: “Preface” iii-vi; “A Theory of Probable Inference” 126–181; “Note A (On a Limited Universe of Marks)” 182–186; “Note B (The Logic of Relatives)” 187–203.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 19, 477–483, at 483.
A discussion of pendulum experiments and weights and measures given before the American Metrological Society meeting at Columbia College in New York City, 30 December. Cited (with summary account of the discussion) in Proceedings of the American Metrological Society, from May, 1884, to December, 1885, New York: Published by the Society, 1885, pp. 46–48, 83.
Mind, vol. 9, 93–109, at 107–108.
The Nation, vol. 39 (18 December) 521, filmed at P 00043, pages 65–66. Signed letter, with editor’s reply.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Newport, 14–17 October. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1884, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 68, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1885, p. 12.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Newport, 14–17 October. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1884, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 68, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1885, p. 12; filmed at P 00281. See P 00303 for the paper as published.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Newport, 14–17 October. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1884, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 68, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1885, p. 13; filmed at P 00281.
Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society, vol. 15 (3 April) 185–197, at 186–187, 194–197.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1883, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 29, 48th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 27.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1883, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 29, 48th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 36–37; see also pp. 96–97.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1883, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 29, 48th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 41–42.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 7 (January), 180–202.
Lecture given before the Association of Engineers, Cornell University, Friday, 4 December. Cited in The Cornell Daily Sun, Ithaca, New York (Thursday, 3 December), p. 1. Filmed at P 00302.
The Evening Post, New York City, vol. 84 (Friday, 10 August), page 3, column 3.
Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik, Jahrgang 1882, vol. 14, part 2, pp. 594–595.
Lecture given before the Mathematical Seminary, Cornell University, Tuesday, 1 December. Cited in The Cornell Daily Sun, Ithaca, New York, Monday, 30 November and Thursday, 3 December.
Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences, 1884, Washington: Government Printing Office, 73–83. Read before the Academy on 17 October 1884 under the title, “On Minimum Differences of Sensibility.” For paper read, see P 00282.
The Nation, vol. 40 (1 January) 12, filmed at P 00043, page 67. Signed letter.
The Nation, vol. 41 (3 September) 203, filmed at P 00043, pages 68–69. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 41 (19 November) 431, filmed at P 00043, pages 69–70.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 6–7; see also a reference to these pages (which identifies this as an account of Peirce’s work) at pp. 80–81. Compare a similar brief reference at p. 2; pp. 80–81 filmed at P 00312.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 40.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 80–81.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 87–93; Peirce is mentioned at p. 89 and p. 93.
by Edwin Smith, Assistant.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 475–482.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1884, House Ex. Doc. No. 43, 48th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 483–485.
Science, vol. 6 (21 August), 158. The letter is dated “Ann Arbor, Mich., Aug. 10.”
The Washington Post (Saturday, 25 July),.page 1, column 7.
The Washington Post (Sunday, 26 July), page 2, column 1.
The Washington Post (Monday, 3 August), page 1, column 7.
The Washington Post (Thursday, 6 August), page 1, column 7.
The Washington Post (Wednesday, 12 August), page 1, column 7.
Cited in Cornell Daily Sun, Ithaca, New York, vol. 6 (5 February), page 1, columns 1–2.
The Nation, vol. 42 (11 February) 135–136, filmed at P 00043, pages 71–74.
Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Thirty-fourth Meeting Held at Ann Arbor, Mich., August, 1885, Salem: Published by the Permanent Secretary, pp. 545–546, minutes for the executive meeting of Friday Morning, August 28, 1885.
“Gravity determinations and experimental researches at Washington, D.C., and in Virginia.”
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1885, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 81–86; Peirce is mentioned at p. 83 and p. 84; compare p. 99.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1885, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 503–508.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1885, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 509–510.
Science, vol. 8 (22 October), 359–360.
Testimony before the Joint Commission [etc.], Senate Mis. Doc. No. 82, 49th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 370–378; see also pp. 839, 852. Peirce’s testimony was presented on 24 January 1885.
New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, vol. 1, pp. 67–68, 124–133, 135– 136, 178–180.
The Washington Post (Sunday, 17 October), page 2, column 2.
The Washington Post (Monday, 18 October), page 2, column 6.
American Journal of Psychology, vol. 1 (November), 112–127, at 116, 118, 121n, 125–126.
The American Journal of Science, third series 33, whole series 133, 167–182, at 175, 181, 182.
In Science and Immortality; the Christian Register Symposium, Revised and Enlarged, Edited and Reviewed by Samuel J. Barrows, Boston: Geo. H. Ellis, pp. 69–76; comments on Peirce’s contribution are at pp. 109–111; a brief biographical statement on Peirce is at p. 135.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, fifth series, vol. 24, 463–466, at 463.
Proceedings of the American Society for Phychical Research, old series vol. 1 (December), 150–157.
Proceedings of the American Society for Psychical Research, old series vol. 1 (December), 157–179.
Proceedings of the American Society for Psychical Research, old series vol. 1 (December), 180–215.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, vol. 42, 193–196.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 49th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 41; see also p. 12.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 49th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 49.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 49th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 85–86.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 49th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 97–103, see pp. 99, 100, 103.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 49th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 134–137, see pp. 135, 137.
The American Journal of Science, third series 35, whole series 135, 265–282 plus 347–367.
The American Journal of Science, third series 35, whole series 135, 337–338.
Treasury Department, Document no. 1089. Director of the Mint.
Report on the Proceedings of the United States Expedition to Lady Franklin Bay, Grinnell Land, by Adolphus W. Greely, House Misc. Doc. 393, Part 2, 49th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 701–714; see also comments by Greely at p. 715 plus comments and tables by Henry Farquhar at pp. 716–729. Includes Index, pp. 735–736.
Verhandlungen der vom 21 bis zum 29 October 1887 auf der Sternwarte zu Nizza abgehalten Conferenz der Permanenten Commission der lnternationalen Erdmessung, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer; Neuchatel: lmprimé par Attinger Frères, pp. 3–7. 15–16, Appendix IIa (pp. 1–7, 15–16, and Table IV), Appendix llf (pp. 1–3, 15–17, and Table IV).
Meteorological Observations made during the years 1840 to 1888 inclusive, Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College, vol. 19, part 1: 50, 66–70, 78–81.
The Nation, vol. 48 (13 June) 488, filmed at P 00043 page 75. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 48 (20 June) 504– 505, filmed at P 00043 pages 75–78. Signed letter.
The Nation, vol. 48 (27 June) 524, filmed at P 00043, pages 77–78. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 49 (15 August) 136–137, filmed at P 00043, pages 78–80. Probably by Peirce.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 16–19 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1889, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 47, 51st Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1891, p. 6. Notice of research grants to Peirce are given at p. 38.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 16–19 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1889, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 47, 51st Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1891, p. 6; filmed at P 00379.
Proceedings of the American Society for Psychical Research, old series 4 (March), 286–301.
Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1887, House Ex. Doc. No. 17, 50th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, references to Peirce’s research at p. 116–117, 88.
The Monist, vol. 1 (October), 148–156, at 155. Mention that Peirce’s logic is taught in an advanced course instructed by Jastrow.
The Nation, vol. 50 (27 February) 184, filmed at P 00043, pages 81–82.
The Nation, vol. 50 (27 March) 265, filmed at P 00043, page 82.
The Nation, vol. 50 (19 June) 492–493, filmed at P 00043, pages 83–86.
The Nation, vol. 51 (3 July) 16, filmed at P 00043, pages 86–88.
The Nation, vol. 51 (7 August) 118–119, filmed at P 00043, pages 88–89.
The Nation, vol. 51 (28 August) 177, filmed at P 00043, page 90.
The Nation, vol. 51 (18 September) 234, filmed at P 00043, pages 91–93. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 51 (25 September) 254–255, filmed at P 00043, pages 93–96.
The Nation, vol. 51 (23 October) 326, filmed at P 00043, pages 96–97. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 51 (30 October) 349, filmed at P 00043, pages 97–98.
New York Daily Tribune (Friday, 8 Dec., 1890), page 10, column 2.
New York Daily Tribune (Tuesday, 19 Dec., 1890), page 16, columns 5–6.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 23 March), page 4, column 4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 23 March), page 4, columns 6–7. Signed “Outsider.”
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 30 March), page 4, column 4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 30 March), page 13, column 1.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 30 March), page 13, columns 1–2.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 30 March), page 13, columns 2–4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 30 March), page 13, column 4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 6 April), page 4, columns 3–4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 6 April), page 13, column 1.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 6 April), page 13, columns 2–3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 6 April), page 13, columns 3–4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 6 April), page 13, column 4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 4, column 4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 13, column 1.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 13, columns 1–2. Signed “Outsider.”
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 13, columns 2–3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 13, column 3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 13 April), page 13, columns 3–4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 20 April), page 13, column 1.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 20 A pr il), page 13, columns 1–2.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 20 April), page 13, columns 2–3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 20 April), page 13, column 3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 20 April), page 13, column 3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 27 April), page 4, column 5.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 27 April), page 13, column 1.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 27 April), page 13, columns 1–3.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 27 April), page 13, columns 3–4.
The New-York Times, vol. 39 (Sunday, 27 April), page 13, columns 4–6.
El Progreso Matemático, vol. 1 (20 December), 297–300.
The Nation, vol. 52 (12 February) 139, filmed at P 00043, page 99.
The Nation, vol. 52 (19 February) 160, filmed at P 00043, pages 100–101. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 52 (12 March) 217–218, filmed at P 00043, pages 101–103. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 52 (12 March) 217–218, filmed at P 00043, pages 101–103. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 52 (12 March) 217–218, filmed at P 00043, pages 101–103. Reply to letters. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 53 (9 July) 32–33, filmed at P 00043, pages 107–110.
The Nation, vol. 53 (8 October) 283, filmed at P 00043, pages 112–113.
The Nation, vol. 53 (15 October) 302, filmed at P 00043, page 114.
The Nation, 53 (22 October) 313–314, filmed at P 00043, pages 114–115. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 53 (22 October) 313–314, filmed at P 00043, pages 114–115, Reply to letter.
The Nation, vol. 53 (12 November) 372, filmed at P 00043, pages 115–117. Signed letter.
The Nation, vol. 53 (12 November) 375, filmed at P 00043, page 117.
The Nation, vol. 53 (19 November) 389–390, filmed at P 00043, pages 118–120. Letter.
The Nation, 53 (26 November) 408, filmed at P 00043, pages 120–122. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 53 (26 November) 415, filmed at P 00043, pages 123–124.
The Nation, 53 (3 December) 426, filmed at P 00043, pages 124–127. Letter.
The Nation, vol. 53 (17 December) 474, filmed at P 00043, pages 127–128.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, New York City, 10–12 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1891, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 170, 52d Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1892, p. 16. R 1028 may be relevant to this paper.
Read before the National Academy of Sciences, New York City, 10–12 April, and “discussed by Mr. Peirce.” Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1891, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 170, 52d Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 16; see P 00461.
New-York Daily Tribune, (Friday, 2 January), page 5, column 5.
New-York Daily Tribune, (Tuesday, 6 January), page 14, column 5. This is a response to several articles which were critical of Peirce’s account of the phrase in the Century Dictionary. Those earlier articles are in the same newspaper at: Friday 19 December 1890, page 10, column 2; Tuesday 23 December 1890, page 16, columns 5-6; Friday 2 January 1891, page 5, column 5. Fisch, First Supplement.
Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 7890, House Ex. Doc. No. 80, 51st Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 104.
El Progreso Matemático, vol. 2, 170–173.
Mind, new series 1, 126–132.
The Monist, vol. 2 (July), 560–582.
The Monist, vol. 2 (July), 618–623.
The Monist, vol. 3 (October), 68–96.
The Nation, vol. 54 (3 March) 169, see 0 00488. Reply to a letter. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 54 (2 June) 417.
The Nation, vol. 54 (23 June) 472–473.
The Nation, vol. 55 (14 July) 35.
The Nation, vol. 55 (11 August) 114–115.
The Nation, vol. 55 (27 October) 324–325.
The Nation, vol. 55 (10 November) 359–360.
The Open Court, vol. 6 (1 September), 3374.
The Open Court, vol. 6 (22 September), 3391–3394.
The Open Court, vol. 6 (13 October), 3415–3418.
Science, vol. 19 (8 January), 17–18.
Sun and Shade, vol. 4 (August), photogravure numbered XC, with short biographical sketch.
“Namenregister zum 1–15 Bande (1877–1891).” von Fr. Strobel, Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik und Chemie. Peirce’s name is given at p. 132 with references to mentions of his work in the Beiblätter. Additional bibliographic references to Peirce’s articles are to be found in the following volumes of the Beiblätter: 6 (1882), 830; 7 (1883), 80.
Part one of a review of Napoléon lntime, by Arthur Lévy, The Independent, vol. 45 (21 December), 1725–1726.
Part two of a review of Napoléon lntime, by Arthur Lévy, The Independent, vol. 45 (28 December), p. 1760.
By Dr. Ernst Mach, The Monist, vol. 4 (October), 152–153, at p. 153.
The Nation, vol. 56 (2 February) 90.
The Nation, vol. 57 (27 July) 65.
The Nation, vol. 57 (3 August) 88–89.
The Nation, vol. 57 (24 August) 143.
The Nation, vol. 57 (5 October) 248. Reply to a letter; see O 00534.
The Nation, vol. 57 (19 October) 293–294.
The Nation, vol. 57 (26 October) 313–314.
The Nation, vol. 57 (7 December) 431.
The Open Court, vol. 7 (27 July), 3750.
In The Science of Mechanics, by Ernst Mach, translated from the second German edition by Thomas J. McCormack, Chicago: The Open Court Publishing Co., 1893, p. 280–286.
Privately printed prospectus for an edition of Peregrinus. P. 16. An announcement of this prospectus appeared in The Nation, vol. 58 (11 January 1894) 30 (P 00558), which suggests that it had already been printed in 1893.
Privately printed brochure announcing Peirce’s proposed work in twelve volumes, planned for sale through subscription.
Paper read before the American Mathematical Society, 24 November. Cited in Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, vol. 1 (December), 77.
The Nation, vol. 58 (4 January) 19.
The Nation, vol. 58 (11 January) 31. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 58 (22 February) 139. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 58 (19 April) 299.
The Nation, vol. 58 (31 May) 415–416.
The Nation, vol. 59 (5 July) 17.
The Nation, vol. 59 (12 July) 34–35. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 59 (19 July) 52–53.
The Nation, vol. 59 (22 November) 383. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, 59 (29 November) 409.
The Nation, vol. 59 (6 December) 430–431.
Presented at the meeting of the New York Mathematical Society on 7 April. Cited in Bulletin of the New York Mathematical Society, vol. 3 (May 1894), 199–200.
The New-York Times (8 April), page 8, column 1. This article is a report on the 7 April 1894 meeting of the New York Mathematical Society at which Peirce exhibited an arithmetic by Rollandus (dated 1424). A translation (presumably by Peirce) of Rollandus’ dedicatory letter is given in this article.
The Evening Post, New York, vol. 94 (Monday, 28 January), page 7, columns 1–2. See R 1401.
The Evening Post, New York, vol. 94 (Monday, 4 February), page 7, column 2.
The Nation, vol. 60 (14 March) 208.
The Nation, vol. 60 (21 March) 226–227. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 60 (4 April) 265. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 60 (11 April) 284–285.
The Nation, vol. 60 (30 May) 431–432. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 61 (11 July) 34–35.
The Nation, vol. 61 (22 August) 139–140. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 61 (14 November) 353–354.
The Nation, vol. 61 (28 November) 395.
The Nation, vol. 61 (26 December) 464. Signed “S.” Probably by Peirce.
The American Historical Review, vol. 2 (October), 107–113.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 18 (April), 145–152.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution to July 1894, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 191–196.
New York: D. Appleton and Co. London: William Heinemann, 1897. We have filmed the edition of 1897, published in London by William Heinemann. See drafts in R 1517.
Lecture before the Mathematical Department, Bryn Mawr College. Cited in Annual Report of the President of Bryn Mawr College, 1896–1897, Philadelphia: Alfred J. Ferris, Printer, 1898, p. 35. R 25 is probably for this lecture.
The Monist, vol. 6 (January), 312.
The Nation, vol. 62 (9 January) 42. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 62 (6 February) 122. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 62 (13 February) 147.
The Nation, vol. 62 (26 March) 261–262.
The Nation, vol. 62 (23 April) 330–331.
The Nation, vol. 62 (21 May) 404.
The Nation, vol. 63 (3 September) 181–182.
American Journal of Mathematics, vol. 19, 381–382.
The Evening Post, New York City, vol. 96 (Tuesday, 16 March), page 7, columns 3–4.
The Monist, vol. 7 (January), 161–217.
The Monist, vol. 7 (April), 453–458.
The Nation, vol. 65 (4 November) 362–363.
The Nation, vol. 65 (25 November) 424.
The Nation, vol. 65 (30 December) 524–525.
The American Historical Review, vol. 3 (April), 526–528.
1. February 10, Philosophy and the Conduct of Life; 2. February 14, Types of Reasoning; 3. February 17, The Logic of Relatives; 4. February 21, The First Rule of Logic; 5. February 24, Training in Reasoning; 6. February 28, Causation and Force; 7. March 3, Habit; 8. March 7, The Logic of Continuity. Titles cited in a pamphlet announcing the lecture series. Manuscripts for these lectures survive as follows: 1, R 437; 2, R 441; 3, R 438 or 440 (?); 4, R 442; 5, MSS 444 and 445; 6, R 443 and R 446; 7, R 951; 8, R 948–R 950; also R 435, R 439, R 440, R 940, and R 941.
Educational Review, vol. 15 (March), 209–216. The article ends with the phrase, “To be continued.” but no continuation has been found.
Boston: Lamson, Wolff and Company, references to Peirce’s Lowell Lectures at p. 63 and 88; see also p. 31.
The Monist, vol. 9, 44–62.
The Nation, vol. 66 (31 March) 250–251.
The Nation, vol. 66 (21 April) 311.
The Nation, vol. 66 (28 April) 330–331. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 67 (14 July) 38–39. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 67 (22 September) 228–229.
The Nation, vol. 67 (20 October) 300–301.
The Nation, vol. 67 (24 November) 390.
The Evening Post, New York City, vol. 98 (Wednesday, 16 August), page 5, columns 4–6. Reprinted in Progressive Age (see P 00705).
The Nation, vol. 68 (2 February) 95–96.
The Nation, voI. 68 (16 March) 210.
The Nation, vol. 68 (27 April) 316–317.
The Nation, vol. 68 (18 May) 376. Peirce’s editorial reply to a letter by Cajori. Filmed at O 00687.
The Nation, vol. 68 (25 May) 403.
The Nation, vol. 68 (25 May) 405.
The Nation, vol. 68 (22 June) 482–483.
The Nation, vol. 69 (6 July) 18. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 69 (27 July) 77–78.
The Nation, vol. 69 (24 August) 154. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 69 (7 September) 192–193.
The Nation, vol. 69 (21 September) 231.
The Nation, vol. 69 (28 September) 248–249. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 69 (19 October) 303–304.
The Nation, vol. 69 (14 December) 455.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, New York City, 14–15 November. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1899, Senate Document No. 117, 56th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1900, p. 13. R 153–R 158 may be related to this presentation.
The Bookman, vol. 11 (July), 491–492.
The Nation, vol. 70 (4 January) 18.
The Nation, vol. 70 (25 January) 78.
The Nation, vol. 70 (1 February) 97–98.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 February) 128.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 February) 128, filmed at P 00720.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 February) 128, filmed at P 00720.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 February) 128, filmed at P 00720.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 March) 203–204.
The Nation, vol. 70 (15 March) 204, filmed at P 00725.
The Nation, vol. 70 (22 March) 230.
The Nation, vol. 70 (10 May) 366.
The Nation, voI. 70 (17 May) 384–385.
The Nation, vol. 70 (31 May) 417.
The Nation, vol. 70 (28 June) 504–505.
The Nation, vol. 71 (19 July) 59.
The Nation, vol. 71 (26 July) 78–79.
The Nation, vol. 71 (26 July) 79, filmed at P 00738.
The Nation, vol. 71 (30 August) 178.
The Nation, vol. 71 (20 September) 235–236.
The Nation, vol. 71 (18 October) 314–315.
The Nation, vol. 71 (22 November) 410–411.
The Nation, vol. 71 (6 December) 449–450.
The Nation, vol. 71 (27 December) 515–516.
Science, new series 11 (16 March), 430–433. Dated by Peirce as “Milford, Pa., Feb. 18, 1900.”
Science, new series 11 (20 April), 620–622.
The American Historical Review, vol. 6 (April), 557–561.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 7899, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 367–373.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1899, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 549–561.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 187–193.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 461–478.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 493–506.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 527–533.
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 551–564.
Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1900, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 693–699.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 309. Introductory matter (p. ii-xxiv) for this dictionary is filmed here.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 318, see also 318–321.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 338.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 411.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 414.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 518–519.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 525–526.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 529.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 530.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 531–532.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 537–538.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 542–543.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 554.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 561.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 574.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 600–601.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 603.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 1, 641–643, 644. Part of this article is by C. Ladd-Franklin (643–644).
The Evening Post, New York City, vol. 100 (Saturday, 12 January), section three, page 1, columns 1–3.
The Nation, vol. 72 (24 January) 76.
The Nation, vol. 72 (28 March) 258–259.
The Nation, vol. 72 (13 June) 479–480.
The Nation, vol. 72 (20 June) 497–498.
The Nation, vol. 73 (1 August) 99–100.
The Nation, vol. 73 (15 August) 139–140.
The Nation, vol. 73 (24 October) 325–326.
The Popular Science Monthly, vol. 58 (January), 296–306.
Verhandlungen der vom 25 September bis 6 October 1900 in Paris abgehaltenen Dreizehnten Allgemeinen Conferenz der lnternationalen Erdmessung, II Theil: Spezialberichte and wissenschaftliche Mittheilungen, Berlin: Verlag von Georg Reimer, Appendix B, I (p. 330–335).
In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1901, Washington: Government Printing Office, pp. 317–340.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 1. Introductory matter for vol. 2 (p. iii-xvi) is filmed here.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 1–2, filmed at P 00806.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 3.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 6.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 6–7, filmed at P 00809.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 20–23.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 23–27, filmed at P 00811.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 27–28, filmed at P 00811.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 28, filmed at P 00811.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 30.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 37.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 43.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 44.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 44–45, filmed at P 00818.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 47.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 50–55.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 55, filmed at P 00821.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 75.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 77.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 87.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 87–89, filmed at P 00825. The first few sentences of this article are by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 89–93, filmed at P 00825.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 94, filmed at P 00825.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 94, filmed at P 00825.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 98–99. Only part of this article is by Peirce.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 117– 118.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 143.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 145–146 filmed at P 00833. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2;
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 148, filmed at P 00833. Another author continues the article.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 179.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 180.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 180, filmed at P 00838.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 181, filmed at P 00838.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 181, filmed at P 00838.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 182. Part of the article is by another author.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 183, filmed at P 00842.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 190.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 198.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 199, filmed at P 00845.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 206. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 219.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 253.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 258.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 259, filmed at P 00850. Burks, Bibliograohy.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 263.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 264.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 265, filmed at P 00853.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 265–266, filmed at P 00853.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 266, filmed at P 00853.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 266, filmed at P 00853.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 276.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 281–282. The first two paragraphs are by John Dewey.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 286–287.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 287, filmed at P 00860.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 287–288, filmed at P 00860.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 290.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 306–307. The last paragraph is by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 309. Part of this article is by J. Jastrow.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 310.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 311–312, filmed at P 00866. Part of this article is by John Dewey.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 313–315, filmed at P 00866. Part of the article ending with p. 314, col. 1, is by John Dewey.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 315, filmed at P 00866.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 315–316, filmed at P 00866.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 321–323. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 323, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 323–324, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 324–325, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 325, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 325, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 325–326, filmed at P 00871. Part of this article is by another author.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 326–329, filmed at P 00871. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 329, filmed at P 00871.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 330–331.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 337. Part of this article is by another author.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 338.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 341.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 341, filmed at P 00883.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 341, filmed at P 00883.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 342–343.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 343, filmed at P 00886.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 353–355.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 355, filmed at P 00888.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 355–356, filmed at P 00888.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 358. Part of this article is by J. Jastrow.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 359, filmed at P 00891. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 361–370. Only part of this article is by Peirce and Baldwin (361–362) ; the remainder is by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 370, filmed at P 00893.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 371, filmed at P 00893.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 373.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 373–374, filmed at P 00896.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 401–402. Part of this article is by J. Dewey.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 408–409.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 410–412.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 415. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 415, filmed at P 00901.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 415, filmed at P 00901. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 426–428. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 434.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 434–435, filmed at P 00905. Part of this article is by J. Royce.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 438–439.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 447–450.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 463 Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 464.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 464–465, filmed at P 00910.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 466.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 467–468, filmed at P 00912.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 481.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 483. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 484.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 500–503.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 503, filmed at P 00917.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 504.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 521. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 527–528. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 528–529, filmed at P 00921.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 530, filmed at P 00921.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 531–532, filmed at P 00921.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 533, filmed at P 00921.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 554.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 555, filmed at P 00926. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 556. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 557, filmed at P 00928. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 567. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 588.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 593. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 606.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 607, filmed at P 00933.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 608–610. Part of this article is by J. M. Baldwin.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 611, filmed at P 00935.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 614–615.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 615, filmed at P 00937. Part of this article is by K. Groos.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2,
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 621.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 624–625.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 628–639. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 640.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 640–651, see P 00887. Parts of this article are by other authors. This entry contains an account of Peirce’s system of Existential Graphs. Filmed at P 00943.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 651, filmed at P 00943.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 657.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 658–659.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 663.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 675–677. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 686.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 691–692.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 693, filmed at P 00951.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 693–694, filmed at P 00951. Part of this article is by S. Newcomb.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 695, filmed at P 00951.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 713.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 713–714, filmed at P 00955.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 715, filmed at P 00955.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 716.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 716–720, filmed at P 00958. Parts of this article are by other authors.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, Macmillan: New York, vol. 2, 721.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 723–724.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 726–731.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 734–736. Parts of this article are by J. Dewey.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 737–741, see P 00906. Part of this article is by J. Dewey. Filmed at P 00963.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 742.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 748.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 748–749, filmed at P 00966.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 761–762.
>Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol. 2, 763–764, filmed at P 00968.
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, ed. J. M. Baldwin, New York: Macmillan, vol.2, 814–815.
The Nation, vol. 74 (23 January) 78–79.
The Nation, vol. 74 (27 February) 178–179.
The Nation, vol. 75 (10 July) 36–37.
The Nation, vol. 75 (17 July) 53. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 75 (24 July) 71. The Nation erroneously cites Thorpe as the author of this book.
The Nation, vol. 75 (24 July) 79.
The Nation, vol. 75 (7 August) 115.
The Nation, vol. 75 (18 September) 229–230.
The Nation, vol. 75 (2 October) 273. A short note on this book is at vol. 75 (24 July 1902) 71. That note couId be by Peirce. See P 00982.
The Nation, vol. 75 (13 November) 390.
The Nation, vol. 75 (25 December) 506–507.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 15–17 ApriI. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1902, Senate Document No. 81, 57th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, p. 13. It is very likely that R 1339 is the final draft of this paper.
Peirce was a co-signer of the report as a member of this committee of the National Academy of Sciences. The report was presented at the meeting of 15–17 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1902, Senate Document No. 81, 57th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, p. 13, filmed at P 00995.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 15–17 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1902, Senate Document No. 81, 57th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, p. 13, filmed at P 00995.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 15–17 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1902, Senate Document No. 81, 57th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1903, p. 13, filmed at P 00995.
The American Journal of Science, fourth series 16, whole series 166 (September), 187–202, at 195.
Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, second series 9 (April), 346–348.
Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, second series 10 (October), 34– 39, at 36, 38.
The Nation, vol. 76 (29 January) 99–100.
The Nation, vol. 76 (21 May) 418.
The Nation, vol. 76 (4 June) 462–463.
The Nation, vol. 76 (11 June) 482.
The Nation, vol. 76 (18 June) 497–498.
The Nation, vol. 77 (16 July) 57–58.
The Nation, vol. 77 (23 July) 81–82.
The Nation, vol. 77 (13 August) 141.
The Nation, vol. 77 (10 September) 208.
The Nation, vol. 77 (10 September) 208, see P 01023.
The Nation, vol. 77 (10 September) 219. Peirce mentions this note at vol. 77 (17 September 1903) 229.
The Nation, vol. 77 (15 October) 308–309.
The Nation, vol. 77 (22 October) 320.
The Nation, vol. 77 (22 October) 320, see O 00999. Filmed at 0 01029.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 29 (no. 1413), 1–30, Washington: Smithsonian Institution.
Encyklopädie der Mathematischen Wissenschaften, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner, part 2 of vol. 4, p. 1–37.
The Evening Post, New York City, vol. 103 (Saturday, 5 March), third section, page 1, columns 1–3.
The Nation, vol. 78 (11 February) 110. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 78 (3 March) 171. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 78 (3 March) 171, filmed at P 001043. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 78 (17 March) 211.
The Nation, vol. 78 (24 March) 231. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 78 (24 March) 237.
The Nation, vol. 78 (14 April) 298.
The Nation, vol. 78 (26 May) 411, see P 01023. Filmed at P 01053.
The Nation, vol. 79 (21 July) 63.
The Nation, vol. 79 (28.July) 84–85.
The Nation, vol. 79 (8 September) 203–204.
The Nation, vol. 79 (29 September) 264–265.
The Nation, vol. 79 (17 November) 396. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 79 (17 November) 396, filmed at P 01062. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 79 (17 November) 396, filmed at P 01062. Probably by Peirce.
The Nation, vol. 79 (17 November) 402–403.
The Nation, vol. 79 (8 December) 460.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 19–21 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1904, Senate Doc. No. 178, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1905, p. 14.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, New York City, 15–16 November. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1904, Senate Doc. No. 178, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1905, p. 16, filmed at P 01068. Notes for this lecture survive as R 95.
In “Sets of Independent Postulates for the Algebra of Logic.” by Edward V. Huntington, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society, vol. 5, 288–309, at 300f.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 2 (7 December), 694–695.
Mind, new series 14, 235–240.
The Monist, vol. 15 (April), 161–181. Two internal dates by Peirce are included: main text as “Milford, Pa., September, 1904” and a postscript as “Feb. 9, 1905.”
The Monist, vol. 15 (April), 294–295. Signed by Francis C. Russell, though suspected to be by Peirce, based on correspondence in the Harvard MSS.
The Monist, vol. 15 (October), 629–633. This is mentioned by Peirce in “Mr. Peterson’s Proposed Discuss ion.” The Monist, vol. 16 (January 1906), 147–151.
The Nation, vol. 80 (5 January) 18–19.
The Nation, vol. 80 (2 February) 100.
The Nation, vol. 80 (9 March) 198–199.
The Nation, vol. 80 (16 March} 218–219.
The Nation, vol. 80 (30 March) 255–256.
The Nation, vol. 80 (4 May) 360–361.
The Nation, vol. 80 (1 June) 438.
The Nation, vol. 80 (1 June) 444–445.
The Nation, vol. 80 (8 June) 461.
The Nation, vol. 81 (13 July) 33–34, filmed at P 01098.
The Nation, voI. 81 (13 July) 42–43.
The Nation, vol. 81 (7 September) 205.
The Nation, vol. 81 (7 September) 205–206, filmed at P 01103.
The Nation, vol. 81 (19 October) 321.
The Nation, vol. 81 (26 October) 340–341, filmed at P 01107. Probably by Peirce.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, New Haven, 14–15 November. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1905, Senate Document No. 144, 59th Congress, 1st Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1906, p. 15. pp. 5–17, App. p. 21–39.
In The Philosophical Review, vol. 14 (September), 628–629.
United States Geological Survey Bulletin, No. 239, at 109–110.
Encyklopädie der mathematischen Wissenschaften, part 1 of vol. 6, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner, at p. 17, 248, 287–289.
New York: The Macmillan Co., at p. 219–220.
The Monist, vol. 16 (April), 320.
The Monist, vol. 16 (July), 470–473.
The Monist, vol. 16 (October), 481–491.
The Nation, vol. 82 (7 June) 475–476.
The Nation, vol. 83 (5 July) 17–18.
The Nation, vol. 83 (12 July) 43.
The Nation, vol. 83 (25 October) 353–354.
The Nation, vol. 83 (20 December) 544–545.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Washington, 16–18 April. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1906, Senate Document No. 308, 59th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1907, p. 15. R 490 is a set of notes for this presentation. pp. 5–20, App. C pp. 33–38.
Paper read before the National Academy of Sciences, Boston, 20–22 November. Cited in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1906, Senate Document No. 308, 59th Congress, 2d Session, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1907, p. 18, filmed at P 01140. R 299 is probably a draft for this lecture.
In The Philosophical Review, vol. 15 (September), 565–566.
The Sun, New York City, vol. 74 (Wednesday, 28 November), page 6, columns 5–7, page 7, columns 1–4.
The Sun, New York City, vol. 74 (Sunday, 2 December, first section), page 8, columns 5–6.
The Nation, vol. 84 (24 January) 92.
The Nation, vol. 84 (21 February) 181–182.
The Nation, vol. 84 (28 February) 203–204.
The Nation, vol. 85 (17 October) 355.
The Nation, vol. 85 (31 October), 396, filmed at P 00158. Peirce’s editorial reply to a letter by Newcomb.
In The Philosophical Review, vol. 16 (September), 564–565.
Archiv für systematische Philosophie, vol. 14, 1–9, 143–188.
The Hibbert Journal, vol. 7 (October), 90–112.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods, vol. 5, 5–12, 29–39.
The Monist, vol. 18 (April), 298–306, including the “ Editorial Comment” by Carus on page 306.
The Monist, vol. 18 (July), 406–415.
The Monist, vol. 18 (July), 416–464.
The Nation, vol. 87 (20 August) 164–165.
The Open Court, vol. 22 (May), 319. The letter refers to an earlier article in the same journal by Paul Carus at vol. 22 (April 1908), 234–246.
In Letters and Memorials of Wendell Philips Garrison, Literary Editor of ‘The Nation” 1865– 1906, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, p. 133–164. Peirce’s contributions are at p. 140, 156–157.
The Monist, vol. 19 (July), 475–476.
Summarized in Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1908, Senate Doc. No. 770, Washington: Government Printing Office, 1909, p. 39–41.
In “The Nature of Logical and Mathematical Thought.” by Paul Carus, The Monist, vol. 20 (January), 33–75, at p. 45.
In “Non-Aristotelian Logic.” by PauI Carus, The Monist, vol. 20 (January), 158–159.
The Monist, vol. 21 (January) 73–91.
Paper read by title before the National Academy of Sciences, 21–22 November. Cited in
Paper read by title before the National Academy of Sciences, 21–22 November. Cited in
Boston Evening Transcript (Saturday, 16 May), part 3, page 3, columns 5–6. By C. S. Peirce’s brother.
The Monist, vol. 24 (July), 469–472.
University of Illinois, Diss.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 49 (13 May), p. 659.
Report of the National Academy of Sciences for the Year 1914, Senate Doc. No. 989, Washington: Government Printing Office, p. 13, 46.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods, vol. 13, 701–709.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 13, 709–715, filmed at O 01241.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 13, 715–722, filmed at O 01241.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 13, 723–726, filmed at O 01241.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 13, 726–737, filmed at O 01241.
The Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, vol. 15, 578–584.
In New York: A Symphonic Study in Three Parts, by Melusina Fay Peirce, New York: Neale Publishing Company, part II, pp. 100–104. The material by C. S. Peirce printed here was written sometime between 1865 and 1870.
Science, new series 80 (Friday 16 November), 440–441.
We are making the famous “Robin Catalogue” (Amherst, MA: The University of Massachusetts Press, 1967) available through the kindness of Prof. Richard Shale Robin (1926-2010), who gifted the copyright to the Peirce Edition Project.
This electronic edition of the Robin Catalogue (accessible through the menu at right) was prepared by Prof. Dr. Michael Otte from the Institut für Didaktik der Mathematik at Universität Bielefeld in Germany. We are grateful to Prof. Dr. Otte and Dr. Michael Hoffmann for providing the computer base file.
Peirce Project practice is to refer to the manuscripts in the Catalogue with the letter R followed by the manuscript number, instead of the letters MS. The letter R (for Robin) is useful in that it clarifies at once that a manuscript so referred to is one that is described in his Catalogue, and thus located in the Houghton Library, and not a Peirce manuscript either belonging to another collection or reconstituted or repaginated by the Peirce Project.
Please bear in mind that the composition dates given in the catalog are those determined by Richard S. Robin and his associates in the early to mid 1960s. The Houghton Library provides access to Christian Kloesel’s annotated copy of that catalogue, which contains corrections to the dates and indications of manuscript reconstructions for the most part taken from Max H. Fisch’s personal copy (the Harvard Library’s online finding aid for the Charles S. Peirce papers is accessible here; here is a downloadable PDF of it). More progress has been made since then in the chronological dating of the manuscripts. Catalogue users should contact the Peirce Project to inquire about the latest dating of problematic documents. Something else worth remembering is that the descriptive blurbs in the Catalogue are often incomplete and tend not to describe manuscript content published in the Collected Papers.
Essential to remember is that Richard S. Robin published a supplementary catalogue in 1971. Titled “The Peirce Papers: A Supplementary Catalogue,” it was published in Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society 7.1 (winter 1971): 37-57. It can be downloaded from JSTOR. It consists of three parts.
The version of the Robin Catalogue that was accessible on the Peirce Project’s old website is available from this clickable link.
Page from Max H. Fisch’s copy of the Catalogue
This is a catalogue of and guide to the Charles S. Peirce
Papers which are presently housed in the Houghton Library,
the rare book and manuscript library at Harvard University.
The papers were for the most part received by the Harvard
Philosophy Department from Peirce’s widow in the winter
of 1914-15, less than a year after his death. These
are the papers which have been worked on over the years
by several scholars, initially by Josiah Royce, who
unfortunately died before much progress was made, more
recently by Charles Hartshorne, Paul Weiss, and Arthur
Burks, as editors of the Collected Papers,* and most
recently by Max H. Fisch, in connection with the preparation
of an intellectual biography of Peirce.
The papers have been divided into two parts. Part One
consists principally of manuscripts; Part Two, of correspondence.
The manuscripts range over the whole of Peirce’s intellectual
life and include as anyone familiar with Peirce might
expect manuscripts on logic, mathematics, metaphysics,
and pragmatism. Also included are Peirce’s scientific
manuscripts, his manuscripts in the history of science
and in linguistics, his reviews and translations, and
various other manuscripts, many of biographical interest.
In addition to the manuscripts, there is a considerable
body of correspondence which ranges over much of Peirce’s
private and professional life. Placed with this correspondence,
but organized separately, is the correspondence of
Peirce’s second wife Juliette, the correspondence among
various members of Peirce’s family, and some miscellaneous
correspondence.
In the fall of 1960 when I began my work on the Catalogue,
Peirce’s papers had been assembled for the convenience
of those who, like myself, were engaged in one or another
of several Peirce projects. Although the papers were
all in one place, there were, in fast, three separate
sets of Peirce materials, all organized, with a catalogue
for one and a catalogue of sorts for another, but none
for the third. The bulk of the Peirce Collection at
Harvard, consisting of sixty-one boxes and bundles,
had been maintained in the Archives of Widener Library
The "Archives" material had been organized,
boxed, and catalogued in 1941 by Knight W. McMahan.
McMahan's ninety-nine page typewritten "Catalogue
of the C. S. Peirce Manuscripts," with its description
of what the boxes contained,
served well the needs of Peirce scholars who sought
to examine the contents of those boxes and, although
incomplete, it came as close as was possible at that
time to putting Peirce’s papers into some kind of final
order. Later John F. Boler contributed an eleven-page
addition which dealt more effectively than McMahan's
catalogue had with Peirce’s book reviews.
Another distinguishable part of the Peirce Collection,
also sizable but of less importance than the material
located in the Archives, had been maintained in Houghton
Library. The "Houghton" material consisted
of some nineteen boxes which had neither been classified
nor catalogued until a preliminary arrangement and
listing of this material was effected in 1960 by John
Boler in his "Interim Catalogue," a typescript
of thirteen pages.
The third distinguishable part of the Peirce Collection the correspondence had been kept mostly with the "Archives" material and had been partially organized by McMahan at the time he was working on his catalogue. But since then, in 1960 to be specific, the collection of family correspondence, formerly in the Benjamin Peirce Papers in the Archives had been transferred to the Charles Peirce Collection by authorization of Charles Peirce’s niece, Miss Helen Ellis. Subsequently, more family correspondence found its way into the Collection, again, by authorization of Miss Helen Ellis. By this time, the whole of the correspondence had been completely reorganized.
In addition to the Peirce material noted above, there were miscellaneous manuscripts that had been listed separately in the catalogues of Widener and Houghton; various collections of articles on or by Peirce, some of the articles being annotated; annotated books from Peirce’s library; public documents and photographs; and much unedited, scraplike material, to mention only some of the items which needed to be integrated with the rest. The present catalogue is the attempt to gather several collections and miscellaneous items into one collection. Unquestionably, the fact that so much of the Peirce manuscripts and correspondence had already been ordered or partially ordered, greatly facilitated my own efforts at integration. Clearly, if it were not for the fast that the cataloguing of the Peirce Papers had a history, this catalogue could not have been produced, most certainly not in the time it took to produce it.
Having noted the history of the cataloguing of the Peirce Papers, I would be remiss if I did not mention the contributions of W. F. Kernan and V. F. Lenzen.* Kernan's "List of C. S. Peirce Manuscripts," a nine-page
typescript, was prepared at the time he was assisting Royce in organizing Peirce’s papers and collaborating with him on an article entitled "Charles Sanders Peirce" which appeared in the Journal of Philosophy, December 21, 1916, a memorial issue devoted to Peirce. Lenzen's "Notes on Papers and MSS. in The Charles S. Peirce Collection," a twenty-page typescript, is an evaluation of the contents and the physical condition of the manuscripts which, at the time (December 1917), were sorted into eighty-three boxes. The Kernan and Lenzen typescripts, along with the catalogues of Boler and McMahan, are kept with the Peirce Papers, and are available for consultation.
Needless to say, I am indebted to all those who have
shared in the ordering and cataloguing of the Peirce
Papers. Nor is my indebtedness limited to those who
were actively engaged in cataloguing per se. My indebtedness
extends to the several editors of the Collected Papers
who were engaged, along with the others, in the work
of identifying, classifying, and uniting papers which
had become separated. With very few exceptions, the
readers of this catalogue and of the microfilm edition
of Peirce’s papers which has recently been made available,
and even the persons who may in the future use this
catalogue as a guide to the original papers themselves,
will get only a very inadequate sense of the years
of labor that have gone into this sort of preliminary
editorial work. For this and other reasons I want to
record my indebtedness to those who most recently have
been and still continue to be engaged in that same
work of identifying, classifying, and reassembling.
Besides Max H. Fisch, for whom a special word of gratitude
is reserved, I wish to mention especially the contributions
of Carolyn Eisele to the mathematics and the history
of science sections of the Catalogue, of Ruth B. Fisch
to the biography and correspondence sections, and of
Don D. Roberts who ordered and provided a page-by-page
index of the important Logic Notebook (MS. 339) and
who had done considerable work on a number of logic
manuscripts. Although each of the persons mentioned
had areas of spe-cial interest, their efforts in behalf
of the Catalogue were not confined only to those areas.
Over the past few years earlier drafts of this catalogue
were in active use, and this afforded opportunity for
correction and am-plification. The present catalogue
is the beneficiary of both. So to those persons mentioned,
I owe much of what is valuable in this catalogue; for
its failures, I alone am responsible.
My major debt of gratitude is to Max H. Fisch. It is
only right to point out the fact that he, along with
Ruth B. Fisch, has spent an incredible amount of time
on the sort of preliminary editorial work noted above.
Therefore, it is not surprising that nearly every page
of the Catalogue bears witness to his scholarship and
encyclopedic knowledge of Peirce’s life and works.
To be more specific: McMahan's catalogue dealt reasonably
well with Peirce’s mathematical, philosophical, and
scientific papers, but only sketchily with his correspondence
and other papers of biographical interest. It was Professor
Fisch's extensive work on the correspondence and these
other papers which resulted, especially in the case
of the correspondence, in the organization exhibited
in this catalogue. Moreover, it was he, who, more than
anyone else, saw the need, not only for a more adequate
catalogue of Peirce’s papers than existed at the time
but also for the preservation of the papers themselves.
So two projects cataloguing and microfilming were
joined and brought to completion under his watchful
eye.
This catalogue would not have been possible had it not been for the generosity of the Department of Philosophy of Harvard University, not only for consenting to and encouraging the cataloguing project but also for contributing very substantial financial assistance along the way. Specifically, I want to acknowledge a grant for the academic year 1960-61, wich allowed me to prepare the ground for the Catalogue, and other grants which enabled me to complete the project. I want also to acknowledge my gratitude to Professors Morton G. White and Donald C. Williams, who made up the Peirce Committee of the Harvard Philosophy Department, for their cordial cooperation throughout the years I was engaged on the project; to the Department for permission to quote from the unpublished manuscripts; and to the Department, again, for its generous subsidy that cleared the way for publication of the Catalogue.
I also wish to express my gratitude to the Henry P. Kendall Foundation for a grant-in-aid which got me through one summer and to the Mount Holyoke College Grants Committee for a research grant which helped to defray the cost of preparing the manuscript for publication. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the librarians, both at Harvard and Mount Holyoke College, whose cooperation contributed to the success of this project, but in particular to Miss Carolyn Jakeman of the Houghton Library and to Dr. William Bond, its Director. I would also like to express my thanks to Leone Barron, Director of the University of Massachusetts Press, for her unfailing enthusiasm and valuable editorial advice; to several Mount Holyoke College students for help in various ways, but principally to Miss Diane Goldberg for her help in connection with Appendix II and the General Index; and finally to my wife for her help at different stages in the preparation of the Catalogue.
RICHARD S. ROBIN
South Hadley, Massachusetts
June, 1967
It had been evident for some time that an updated catalogue
of the Charles S. Peirce Papers was needed, one which
would survey the whole Collection, making as widely
available as possible a detailed statement of what
it contained and answering, so far as possible, the
questions scholars raise, including those about the
date of manuscripts and their relation to published
versions. Indeed the manuscripts and correspondence
are so voluminous and unwieldy that it is virtually
impossible for anyone to deal with them successfully
without benefit of the orientation which a catalogue
of the kind envisioned would provide. Moreover, as
the prospects of a microfilm edition of the Peirce
Papers increased, so did the need for an adequate catalogue,
which would reflect an orderly arrangement of the Papers
and assist the users of a microfilm edition.
The catalogue which was finally produced is imperfect.
It is imperfect because of the frequency of error in
what already has been done. More importantly, it is
imperfect because of what has not been done; that is,
much remains to be done by way of identifying and describing,
piecing together scattered fragments, assigning dates
to undated manuscripts and letters, and the like. But,
imperfect as this catalogue is, it is better than none
at all, and all of us who contributed to it recognized
that the needs for a comprehensive catalogue now outweighed
the advantages of indefinite delay.
As noted in the Preface, the Catalogue is divided into
two parts. The first part consists of manuscripts and
related material; the second part comprises the correspondence,
both Peirce’s and the correspondence of others. The
organization of the correspondence presented no special
problems, but the organization of what may be called
the "subject matter" part of the Catalogue
was another story, and a brief word concerning the
problems encountered and the principle of organization
finally adopted is in order.
Of the two alternative ways of organizing a man's papers
chronologically and by content neither way, in spite
of the obvious advantages of each, was easily adapted
to the Peirce Collection. Consider the following problems.
If the decision is made to order by chronology, what
then does one do with the large quantity of undated
papers? (Less than half of the 1,644 catalogue entries
are dated and of the dates not supplied by Peirce
himself many are conjectural.) Moreover one would have
to expect that some of the material would be cut up
rather badly as in those instances where Peirce comments
on earlier articles. By virtue of temperament and other
needs, Peirce can be described as just as Henry James
had been an inveterate "revisionist." His
tendency to rework drafts of articles and books left
future editors of his manuscripts with the problem
of unscram-bling the various drafts, which, in some
cases, had been written years apart.
Consider now the problems resulting from a decision
to order the manuscripts by content. How does one handle
Peirce’s many digressions? Even more significant perhaps
is the problem inherent in schemes that emphasize content;
namely, the risk one runs of either imposing too much
order or not enough order. Organization is rarely innocent,
and the greater the organization the greater the risk
that one's bias or interpretation will get in the way
of a clear presentation of what there is. However,
if one chooses to "play it safe" by arranging
the manuscripts as much as possible according to content,
thereby achieving a spectrum of sorts, and only then
drawing the lines at the more palpable breaks, the
results will tend to be nondescript. Finally, as was
pointed out to me, if an index were eventually prepared,
it would cancel out the need for ordering by content
in the first place.
A compromise between ordering by chronology and by content
seemed called for. But what compromise? One answer
was provided by Boler who, at one point, submitted
a plan to the Harvard Philosophy Depart-ment which
seemed perfectly reasonable and promising. His plan
in-volved six steps: (X) following Burks's bibliography
of Peirce’s published works (Collected Papers, Vol.
VIII, pp. 260-321), locate and file the man-uscripts
for each entry; (2) place alternative drafts (and identifiable
fragments) with above; (3) from the remaining unpublished
material, file what is alike in content with above;
(4) also, some of the remaining material, especially
complete drafts and identifiable fragments, may be
filed chronologically; (5) whenever possible, arrange
what remains according to content; (6) finally, classify
the remainder of unidentifiable fragments as such.
Boler confessed that he became disillusioned about
the idea that Steps 3 and 4 would take care of the
bulk of the material. I too became disillusioned, and
for the reasons Boler gave. But my difficulties with
Boler's plan carried somewhat further.
Perhaps the decisive factor in the decision which was
ultimately made to compromise while emphasizing content
was the fact that the bulk of Peirce’s philosophical
and other manuscripts the "Archives" material
had already been classified by content, in accordance
with a scheme adopted by McMahan. The "Houghton"
material which had been cata-logued independently by
Boler on the basis of some other scheme was from the
point of view of both quantity and quality far less
significant.
It was tempting, therefore, to adopt the McMahan catalogue,
with its principle of organization, incorporating the
"Houghton" material as best one could. In
this way, the manuscripts might be consolidated, but
even more important, since consolidation might be achieved
in other ways, was the amount of time and work that
could be saved.
The decision to adopt Peirce’s own classification of
the sciences (which in effect, is what McMahan did)
was clearly a practical one, but only in part. Independently
there are good reasons for turning to Peirce’s classi-ficatory
scheme. For one thing, it has the advantage of spreading
out Peirce’s manuscripts in an orderly way without
making the results appear nondescript and without imposing
more order than is absolutely necessary. For another
thing, it is Peirce’s scheme, not someone else's, concocted
for the occasion.
There are a number of accounts of Peirce’s classificatory
scheme of the sciences. In brief, his classification
begins with the distinction between a theoretical and
a practical science, a distinction based upon the difference
of two interests the theoretical interest in attaining
knowledge for its own sake and the practical interest
in attaining knowledge for the sake of something else.
The theoretical branch of science is subdivided into
(a) the sciences of discovery and (b) the sciences
of review, with the latter dependent upon the former,
since review implies the review of something which,
in this case, is the information provided by the various
sciences of discovery. Indeed, Peirce’s own studies
in classification are subsumed under (b), as one might
expect.
Although Peirce did classify the practical sciences,
he was chiefly con-cerned with the theoretical ones,
especially those which fell under the heading "sciences
of discovery" or, in other places, "sciences
of research," and it is his classificatory scheme
for those sciences which turned out to be most useful
for our purposes. Below is one of several tabular listings
from Peirce’s papers.*
MATHEMATICS
PHILOSOPHY
Phenomenology, or Ideoscopy
Normative Science
Esthetics
Ethics
Logic
Speculative Grammar
Critic
Methodeutic
Metaphysics
IDIOSCOPY, or SPECIAL SCIENCE
Physics
Nomological Physics
Classificatory Physics
Descriptive Physics
Psychics
Nomological Psychics [Psychology]
Classificatory Psychics [Ethnology]
Descriptive Psychics [History]
* This particular list is taken from a manuscript placed with the Matthew Mattoon Curtis correspondence (L107). The manuscript is an incomplete draft of a philosophical autobiography prepared in response to Curtis's request for information concerning Peirce’s logical and philosophical views. For a more complete account of Peirce’s classificatory scheme for the sciences, see Collected Papers, Vol. I, pp. 75-137. For a good summary account, see Thomas Goudge, The Thought of C. S. Peirce (Toronto: Toronto University Press, 1950) pp. 44-50.
The above listing is for the sciences of discovery (research)
only. It should also be clear that the listing is incomplete,
for it fails to give the subdivisions of mathematics,
metaphysics, and the idioscopic sciences, especially
the last with its elaborate arrangement of suborders,
families, and subfamilies.
The listing also fails to indicate the hierarchical
character of Peirce’s classificatory scheme. For Peirce,
the sciences listed first are independent of those
listed later. Or, if you like, when borrowing occurs,
each science tends to borrow from those sciences which
precede it in the classification. Thus, for example,
in the case of the subdivisions of logic, methodeutic
rests upon both critic and speculative grammar, critic
upon speculative grammar alone vis a vis the divisions
of logic, and speculative grammar upon neither, but
only upon those sciences (ethics, esthetics, phenomenology,
mathematics) which precede it in the hierarchy. Or,
more generally, the mathematician, as such, working
independently of the other scientists, seeking formal,
not material, truth, traces out the necessary consequences
of hypotheses which others, to be sure, may posit.
Philosophy (all branches) is dependent upon mathematics,
but takes precedence over all the special sciences,
which follow it in the hierarchical scheme.
If one examines my table of contents, and observes the
order in which Peirce’s papers are catalogued, one
will note the Catalogue's general adherence to Peirce’s
classificatory scheme. The Catalogue lists Peirce’s
mathematical works first, and attempts to deal with
these works along the lines suggested by Peirce’s division
of mathematics into the mathe-matics of logic, of discrete
series, of continua and pseudo-continua. The items
listed toward the end textbooks, recreations, computations
and fragments are conveniently placed there, and have
nothing to do with the classificatory scheme for mathematics.
If one ignores pragmatism the next major division of
the manuscripts following mathematics and concentrates
on the other divisions (phe-nomenology, logic, metaphysics,
physics, chemistry, astronomy, geodesy, psychology,
linguistics, history, sciences of review, practical
science), especially the order in which they occur
in the Catalogue, one ought to observe that the remainder
of the Catalogue follows Peirce’s classificatory scheme,
although this may not be self-evident with respect
to some of the divisions Why, for example, does chemistry
precede astronomy, both in Peirce’s scheme and in my
catalogue? The reason is that chemistry falls under
classificatory physics whereas astronomy falls under
descriptive physics, and classificatory physics takes
precedence over descriptive physics in Peirce’s scheme.
Again: Why does linguistics take precedence over history?
The answer is that linguistics falls under classificatory
psychics, and history, as already indicated, falls
under descriptive psychics. Since classificatory psychics
precedes descriptive psychics in Peirce’s account,
linguistics takes precedence over history.
This is not to say that I have slavishly followed Peirce’s
scheme for the classification of the sciences. As a
matter of fact, a rigid adherence to Peirce’s scheme
is neither required nor desirable. I have followed
the scheme only so far as it proved to be advantageous
to do so; I have de-parted from it whenever I concluded
that by adhering to it the presen-tation of the Peirce
material would be hampered Indeed, if one observes
closely the organization of this catalogue, one will
observe the many liberties taken with Peirce’s classificatory
scheme, with perhaps the major liberty taken with respect
to the manuscripts on pragmatism.
Pragmatism, as a division or heading, presents a special
problem. As things stand, given Peirce’s classificatory
scheme, the manuscripts on pragmatism are out of order.
They ought to be in closer proximity than they are
now to the logical manuscripts. Pragmatism clearly
cuts across the divisions of logic, and perhaps ought
to have been subsumed under logic, that is, under one
or more of its divisions. After all, did not Peirce
come to the view that pragmatism is the logic of abduction?
The justification for its present position in the Catalogue,
as a separate division between mathematics and phenomenology,
rests on the desire not to bury pragmatism among the
manuscripts on logic, because of the general im-portance
of pragmatism in Peirce’s thought and of the lecture
series or series of articles of which many of the manuscripts
form an integral part.
There are other kinds of problems. One kind concerns
the gaps in the Catalogue. To cite one example, Peirce’s
classificatory scheme calls for the ethnology of social
development, one of the sciences comprising one of
the many subdivisions of psychical science. The fact
that there is no place or listing for it in the Catalogue
means simply that none of the manuscripts of Peirce
are concerned specifically with the ethnology of social
development.
More serious, perhaps, is the failure of this catalogue
to provide separate listings for, say, ethics or speculative
grammar. But here the problem was not one of finding
manuscripts which dealt specifically with ethical problems
or the issues of speculative grammar. Indeed there
are many such manuscripts. The problem was frequently
that of separating units of larger works lecture series
or series of articles or chapters in a proposed book
something which this editor was reluctant to do. In
such cases, the descriptions attached to catalogue
entries and the general index are counted on to direct
the reader's attention to subject matter for which
the Catalogue provides no separate heading or listing.
Then there is the other kind of problem one runs into
when dealing with classificatory schemes generally
the problem of how to classify this or that relative
to the scheme with which one is working. For example,
does this manuscript fall under logic or mathematics?
Does that manuscript belong with the manuscripts on
pragmatism or somewhere else? Often it is not a simple
matter to decide, especially when Peirce digresses
and when the digression becomes the most significant
feature of the manuscript. Sometimes, usually in the
case of notebooks, two quite different articles are
begun, which forces the editor to decide their relative
importance, with the ever present possibility of judgmental
error. When confronted with problems of this kind,
I have again counted on my descriptions to call attention
to anomalies and the general index to bring similar
but widely separated material together.
Finally, there are the outright mistakes. One of these
will serve as an example. There is no excuse for separating
MSS. 314 and 316, since MS. 316 continues MS. 314.
In this case the error was discovered only after the
microfilming of the manuscripts was completed. Undoubtedly
there are errors of this and other sorts which have
yet to be discovered. Work on the Catalogue proceeded
on the expectation that errors, both of commission
and omission, would be made; it also proceeded in the
hope that these errors, when discovered, would be reported
and collected, and then, in one way or another, made
available to users of this catalogue.
THE FORM OF THE CATALOGUE
The manuscript portion of the Catalogue differs from the correspondence portion with respect to the form employed in presenting the relevant information concerning each entry. For the manuscript portion, each entry is presented in an arrangement of six or seven parts:
1. Title
2. Abbreviated title (Mark)
3. Type of material, whether manuscript, typescript,
reprint, or other
4. Publication
5. Date
6. Pagination
7. Description of content
In the Catalogue, Parts 1 and 2 (title) are separated
from Parts 3-6 (physical description) which in turn
are separated from Part 7 (description of content).
Peirce’s titles are presented without brackets or parentheses,
just as they appear in the manuscripts. Title page
punctuation is retained and the original spellings
have been preserved in all titles without the use of
sic to indicate deviations from the norm.
The use of brackets indicates that the title has been
supplied by the editor. It goes without saying that
when a title has been supplied, it is always in the
absence of one provided by Peirce, either because he
never provided one or because the title page is missing.
In defense of supplying titles may I say that it serves
as a convenient way of noting a manuscript's principal
content and, in many cases, the supplied title as a
brief description of the contents saves space by enabling
us to dispense with a formal description at the end.
May I also add that the supplied titles are sometimes
less misleading than the titles which Peirce himself
gives. Although Peirce’s titles no doubt acquaint us
with his intentions, do they also acquaint us with
the manuscript's contents? Certainly not in those cases
where the manuscript progresses only a few pages and
where Peirce’s introductory reflections have little
or nothing to do with the title. Or, where the manuscript
digresses from the topic indicated by the title, and
the digression is the manuscript's distinctive feature.
A large number of Peirce’s manuscripts have no title,
but some of these possess a mark which is most often
found in the upper left-hand corner of the manuscript
page. When the mark occurs in conjunction with a title,
it frequently stands for a short or abbreviated form
of the title. It becomes a matter for conjecture when
there is a mark but no title. In any event the occurrence
of a mark is indicated by the use of parentheses. When
the manuscript possesses both a title and a mark, the
procedure is to record the title first and the mark
in parentheses second. When the manuscript possesses
only the mark, then the mark, distin-guished from the
title by the use of parentheses, serves in place of
the title.
In the next parts (3-6) I was concerned with identifying
the type of material, whether a manuscript or typescript,
or reprint, or book, or page proof, or galley proof,
or the like. I was also concerned with whether, in
the case of typescripts, reprints, books, and proofs,
there was any annotation or correction.
Most of the manuscripts were not published. But where
publication had occurred this is noted by reference
to Burks's bibliography and Fisch's two supplements.
For an explanation of both Burks's and Fisch's manner
of handling bibliographical references, see my explanations
of conventions on p. xxvii f. The Catalogue notes whether
a manuscript was published in full or in part, and
where publication was in part only, precisely what
part was published. The only exception to notification
of publication occurs in those cases where a part,
or even the whole of a manuscript, was published as
part of another author's publication. For example,
MS. 620 was published as an appendix to one of Fisch's
articles on Peirce,* but there is no indication of
this publication in the description of MS. 620. This
happens to be a significant publication, but, in other
cases, it was difficult to say what was and was not
significant, and it did not seem worthwhile to mention
every publication of this kind.
When not placed within brackets or qualified in any
other way, the given date is Peirce’s. As a rule one
date is given and this is the date which is usually
recorded on the title page or, in the case of some
note-books, on the cover. Most often it is the only
date. But where several dates are given, the range
of dates is noted in the description.
When the date is placed in brackets, then the date,
as in the case of titles, has been supplied by someone
other than Peirce. Whereas I supplied the titles, various
persons at different times and with varying degrees
of confidence supplied the dates. When the date is
placed in brackets without any other qualifying mark,
then it is presumed to be accurate, derived from reliable
internal evidence. A date preceded by "c."
is presumed to be an accurate central locus of possible
dates. A date followed by a question mark is frankly
a "best guess," based on some internal evidence.
When the expression "n.d." occurs, it means
that for the moment not even a good guess can be made.
The pagination of a manuscript is indicated by two forms,
for example, either pp. 1-5 or 5 pp. The first form
signifies that the manuscript was numbered by Peirce;
the second form gives the editor's count. One difficulty
in determining a true page count rests with Peirce’s
habit of using the verso of a page of manuscript for
calculations or other notes which may or may not be
related to the manuscript in question. The question
of whether to count a page or not sometimes proved
difficult and left room for judgmental error. For additional
information concerning pagination, see the guide to
the use and consultation of the microfilm edition of
the Peirce Papers, prepared by the Harvard University
Microreproduction Service, which is reproduced in the
next section of this introduction.
* See Studies in the Philosophy of Charles Sanders Peirce, Second Series, edited by Moore and Robin, University of Massachusetts Press, 1964, pp. 24-29.
In 1915, a few of the manuscripts had become separated
from the main Peirce Collection. These were added to
the general manuscript collection of the Harvard University
Library. They were catalogued separately, each with
its own call number. Now that they have been restored
to the Peirce Collection, their old call numbers have
been added to the description for the purpose of identifying
them.
In the interest of economy the content descriptions
(Part 7) have been pared down to the bare essentials
necessary for a clear indication of what there is.
The descriptions tend to be topical rather than critical,
serving more the function of an index than an analytical
table of contents. Not all entries have descriptions,
although bracketed titles are intended in all cases
to emphasize the principal content of the manuscript.
For the most part Peirce’s own titles serve the same
function. When they do not, a formal description is
indicated and provided. But, in general, descriptions
are provided for the important entries only, except
where the lack of a description means either that,
in the case of a draft of a complete or more refined
version, the manuscript in question says nothing not
already contained in the description of that later
or refined version or contains no additional information
which in the judgment of the editor is worth special
notice. In any event the reader should take note of
the number of pages of manuscript. If they are few,
the topic or topics indicated by the title or by the
formal description may not be very well developed.
Throughout the manuscript portion of the Catalogue,
although occurring infrequently, are entry numbers
for which there are no manuscripts, as distinct from
those entries where a manuscript exists but is missing.
These "holes" were created by the fast that
the manuscripts which were originally there have been
recombined with other manuscripts and that this was
done after the completion of the microfilming. Rather
than renumber, the entry numbers were retained, but
left blank. The "holes" may even have a use
someday. They might conveniently serve as the means
of slipping new Peirce material into the collection,
if such material is ever uncovered.
The correspondence constitutes the last portion of the
Catalogue and is divided into four parts: the Charles
S. Peirce correspondence, which contains all of Peirce’s
letters, both those he wrote and those he received;
the Juliette Peirce correspondence, which contains
all of Juliette Peirce’s correspondence, except such
correspondence as involves Peirce jointly and which
was, for this reason, placed with his correspondence;
the family correspondence, which consists of correspondence
among members of Peirce’s family but which does not
involve Peirce or his wife Juliette directly; and miscellaneous
correspondence.
The form adopted for the correspondence is the simplest
possible one. For the Charles S. Peirce correspondence,
the correspondents are listed alphabetically, the number
of letters and letter drafts noted, and, when these
are dated, the dates recorded, except when more than
three of them are involved and when more than three
are dated, in which case only the first and last dates
are given. Where dates were lacking, an attempt was
made to supply them, the procedure here being the same
as for the manuscripts. Supplied dates appear in brackets,
with or without "c." and with or without
question marks. The remaining parts of the correspondence
follow the form of the first part.
The division of the Catalogue into two parts manuscripts
(or, as sometimes represented, subject matter) and
correspondence is a bit misleading insofar as it suggests
that no correspondence is to be found in the first
part and nothing which is classifiable as subject matter
is to be found in the second part. On the contrary,
an occasional letter draft may be found among the manuscripts;
these were filmed with the manuscripts and all but
those which appear on the versos of manuscript pages
were subsequently placed with the correspondence, once
it became clear that they belonged there. Not all of
Peirce’s correspondence is personal and business correspondence.
There is much which can be described as professional,
so much so that if the first few pages and the last
were set aside, the remainder could easily be mistaken
for manuscript material. Indeed, this is the principal
reason why some correspondence was originally placed
with the manuscripts.
Finally, a word about the four appendices. Appendix
I is a supplement to my catalogue descriptions necessitated
by certain discrepancies between the descriptions and
what is contained in the microfilm edition of the Peirce
Papers. (See the following section of this introduction
for an explanation of the discrepancies and the manner
of handling them.) Appendix II is a chronological listing
of Peirce’s manuscripts. It is hoped that this listing
can be expanded some day, as scholars are able to date
more of Peirce’s manuscripts. Appendices III and IV
are cross-reference tables. Appendix III is a cross-reference
table from Burks's bibliography to my catalogue entries
and Appendix IV, from McMahan's catalogue to mine.
Anyone who so desires can set out from the Collected
Papers and reach my catalogue entries through the intermediary
of Burks's bibliog-raphy. See Burks's cross-reference
index, pp. 325-330 of Vol. VIII of the Collected Papers.
THE MICROFILM EDITION
Two Peirce projects cataloguing and microfilming were
linked almost from the beginning. The need for a new
catalogue was evident; but so was the need to microfilm
Peirce’s manuscripts and correspondence, for the physical
condition of Peirce’s papers was a matter of grave
concern. Although the entire collection is now kept
in the Houghton Library, where temperature and air
control give the papers the best chance for survival,
it was feared that even with slightly more handling,
given normal wear and tear, the deterioration of the
papers would be rapid and alarming. With interest in
Peirce mounting and with the expectation that the demand
for consulting his papers would most likely increase
in the years ahead, it was urged that steps be taken
to microfilm them, or at least as much of them as there
were funds for.
The success of the microfilming project depended in
part on achieving a new arrangement of the Peirce Papers,
one which would incorporate the efforts of the past,
but would yield a single numerical sequence. With the
present catalogue, the numbered sequence was achieved.
This permitted the microfilming of Peirce’s manuscripts,
with all of its advantages of preserving the original
manuscript collection from the wear and tear of handling,
of providing a record which might serve in place of
any parts of the collection that might from time to
time be lost, stolen, or destroyed, and finally of
making the manuscripts readily available to scholars
in all parts of the world.
There are some discrepancies between what was microfilmed
and my catalogue descriptions. These are few considering
the number of catalogue entries and the principal reason
that there are any at all is that errors were discovered
in the Catalogue before it was printed but only after
the microfilming of the manuscripts was completed.
Apart from a major change or two and some minor ones,
the microfilm was left un-touched, mainly because of
the expense involved in any extensive alteration. An
asterisk placed before the catalogue entry number of
the manuscript indicates that a discrepancy exists
and directs attention to Appendix I "A Supplement
to the Catalogue Descriptions."
A short guide to the use and consultation of the microfilm
edition was prepared by the Harvard University Library
Microreproduction Service in the Fall of 1964. For
the benefit of those who will be working with the film
and for the additional information concerning the manuscripts
themselves, I reproduce the guide here.
This microfilm possesses some apparently anomalous features
with which the reader ought to be acquainted to facilitate
its use. The major part of the film's unusual features
originates in the author's manner of composition.
First it was the author's usual practice to write on
one side only of the paper. Less than 5% of the material
in this microfilm contained writing on the verso of
the page. In the notebooks, Peirce usually wrote only
on the recto pages; accordingly, to spare unnecessary
expense, only those pages of the notebooks actually
bearing text have been filmed. This accounts for the
fact that notebooks appear to have been filmed in irregular
fashion, sometimes as a single spread and sometimes
as a double spread. A similar situation prevails with
the material written on loose sheets. In a few instances,
both with the notebooks and the loose sheets, Peirce
used the opposite sides to make routine calculations,
some related and some unrelated to the main body of
the work. In most instances, these routine calculations
have not been filmed. Where there was doubt about routineness
or where the calculations were other than ordinary
arithmetic, such material was microfilmed. Some of
these data may thus appear to interrupt the normal
sequence of the manuscript.
Another unusual feature concerns pagination. The manuscripts
fol-low four schemes of pagination: (X) unpaged, (2)
either even-numbered or odd-numbered, (3) normal, and
(4) iterated pagination. The re-peated pagination almost
always occurs in the notebooks when Peirce was constructing
a draft If he was dissatisfied with his first draft
of page 1, he would go on to the next page, number
it also "page 1,'' and continue with his revision
until satisfied that he could carry on with page 2,
and so on It is not uncommon for a page number to be
thus repeated for four or five consecutive drafts before
the next sequential number.
Odd-numbered pagination only is common in the notebooks.
Evi-dently this was Peirce’s way of indicating his
consciousness that he was using only the rectos, or
perhaps he was saving the versos for cor-rections or
changes. In a few instances, an explanatory target
accom-panies each frame of film and states that no
pages are missing.
Unpaged material has been placed in sequence insofar
as this was ascertainable by the editors, and, of course,
insofar as the actual pages were available.
At the end of a numbered sequence of pages, there will
occasionally be found a miscellany of pages consisting
of broken runs or isolated pages surviving from other
drafts.
Another unusual condition arises from Peirce’s practice
of starting some notebooks from the front, and upon
reaching the center, turning the notebook upside down
and beginning anew from the "back." Sometimes
the separate contents of such notebooks may be unrelated
although they occupy the same physical and bibliographic
unit; in other instances, after the notebook was turned
upside down, the same material was continued. This
condition prevails in little used as well as in full
notebooks. Rather than inconvenience the reader of
the film with upside down images or reversed pages
sequences, all such material has been filmed for normal
reading sequence. In each case a notice explaining
this situation is filmed at the beginning, the center,
and the "end" of the item.
Peirce occasionally constructed from paper a physical
device to be removed from a notebook and manipulated.
An example is a dough-nut-like device he constructed
to elucidate a point in topology. In filming devices,
a first exposure has been made with the device in place,
a second with the device removed, and if necessary
for clarity, a third of the device itself.
Printed editorial forms used in connection with the
partial publi-cation of this material by the Harvard
University Press in the Col-lected Papers have remained
with the collection, and it is possible that a few
of these may have been accidentally incorporated into
the micro-film. These are of course not a part of the
collection and should be ignored.
Generally speaking, a catalogue of a man's writing stands as an impersonal record of his achievement. Standing alone it seems to cry out for some kind of personal statement, a portrait of sorts, which would complement the impersonal record. Of course it is a matter of conjecture as to what kind of personal statements or portrait of himself Peirce would have appreciated. In the introduction to a catalogue a panegyric seems somehow out of place. Perhaps it would be best to let the catalogue speak for itself. The display of prodigious intellectuality, creative genius, philosophic and scientific integrity, demonstrated therein, and, for one who knows something of the frustrations and deprivations of Peirce’s personal and professional life, the sense of tragedy that pervades the whole seem to me to be intellectually stimulating and, at times, profoundly moving.
A. autograph
CSP Charles Sanders Peirce
Collected Papers Collected Papers of Charles Sanders
Peirce, 8 vols., Harvard University Press, Cambridge,
1931-1958.
JP Juliette Peirce
MS., MSS. manuscript(s)
n.d. no date
n.p. no place, i.e., of publication
n.yr. no year
p, pp. page(s)
PAAAS Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences
r recto
Studies in Logic Studies in Logic, By Members of the
Johns Hopkins University (edited by Peirce), Little,
Brown and Company, Boston, 1883.
TS. typescript
v verso
vol., vols. volume(s)
Following the established practice, all references to the Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce will be handled in this manner: first the volume number is given and then, after the decimal point, the paragraph number in that volume. Thus 4.658 means Volume IV, paragraph number 658.
All bibliographical references and cross references are made with respect to Arthur W. Burks's "Bibliography of the Works of Charles Sanders Peirce," Collected Papers, Vol. VIII, pp. 260-321, and to Max H. Fisch's "A First Supplement to Arthur W. Burks's Bibliography of the Works of Charles Sanders Peirce," Studies in the Philosophy of Charles Sanders Peirce, Second Series, edited by Edward C. Moore and Richard S. Robin, The University of Massachusetts Press, Amherst, 1964 and to his "Second Supplement," Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society II, X (Spring 1966), pp. 51-53. Burks's bibliography is divided into three sections: General, Items from The Nation, and Miscellaneous. The first two sections are arranged primarily in chronological order; the third section is arranged alphabetically. Following the method Burks has adopted, references and cross references to bibliographical items are as follows: First the section is given, "G" for the General Section, "N" for The Nation Section, and "M" for the Miscellaneous Section. Next come the year and the number of the title under that year for sections "G" and "N"; only the item number for section "M." Thus "G-1883-4" refers to the fourth title under the date 1883 in the General section; "N-1901-3" refers to the third title under the date 1901 in The Nation section; and M-5 refers to the fifth item or name in the Miscellaneous section. Items preceded by ''sup(1)'' refer to Fisch's first supplement to Burks's bibliography; those preceded by "sup(2)" refer to Fisch's second supplement.
THE SIMPLEST MATHEMATICS
1. On the Simplest Possible Branch of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-9, 13, 17-33.
Brief discussion of paradisaical logic, i.e., system
of logic in which only one value is supposed, provided
another value (or other values) is not positively denied.
The simplest kind of mathematics referred to, however,
is a two-valued system of which Boole's algebra of
logic is regarded as a special case. Inadequacies of
Boolean algebra and some merits of secundal notation.
Rules and examples for common mathematical operations
in CSP's dyadic system.
2. On the Simplest Branch of Mathematics (SM)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-2; 1-5, incomplete, with
an alternative p. 5.
The pure mathematics of existential graphs, alpha and
beta parts, with definitions and permissions of transformation.
See MS. 512 for more of MS. 2.
3. On Dyadics: the Simplest Possible Mathematics (D)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. s-2, incomplete.
Intended as the first of a series of four memoirs, with
plans for further memoirs on the application of mathematical
theory to deductive logic. The doctrine of multitude
and a working definition of "continuity."
See MS. 511.
4. Sketch of Dichotomic Mathematics (DM)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-52 (p. 25 missing), with
11 pp. of variants.
Nominal and real definitions; definition of terms, e.g.,
"postulate," "axiom," "corrollary,"
"theorem," which are employed in mathematical
or geometrical demonstration; canon of demonstration.
Long digression which begins with recognition of seven
schools of philosophy each determined by the emphasis
placed upon one or more of the following concepts:
form, matter, and entelechy. The relationship of these
schools to the realist-nominalist controversy, with
special attention given to the Aristotelian position.
The nature of signs: sign and related notions, especially
form, law, habit and entelechy; sign as having its
being in the power, not act, of determining matter;
sign as entelechy.
5. Dichotomic Mathematics (DM)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-4, 1-3, 2-9, 6-11, 6-8,
10, 16-7, 45-46, with 22 pp. belonging to other drafts.
Similar in content to MS. 4, but without any of the
digressions.
6. [Dyadic Value System]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
The simplest of value systems serves as the foundation
for mathematics and, indeed, for all reasoning, because
the purpose of reasoning is to establish the truth
or falsity of our beliefs, and the relationship between
truth and falsity is precisely that of a dyadic value
system.
7. On the Foundations of Mathematics (Foundations)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-16, with 3 rejected pages;
17-19 of another draft. Mathematics as dealing essentially
with signs. The MSS. below (Nos. 8-11) are drafts of
this one, and all are concerned with the nature of
signs.
8. On the Foundations of Mathematics (Foundations)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-4, 3-4; 4-8 of another
draft.
9. [Foundations of Mathematics]
A. MS., n.p. [c.1903?], pp. 1-5, with rejected pages.
Vagueness, generality, and singularity.
10. [Foundations of Mathematics]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-2.
11. [Foundations of Mathematics]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-2, incomplete.
12. Notes Preparatory to a Criticism of Bertrand Russell's
Principles of Mathematics (B. Russell)
A. MS., n.p., February 5, 1912, pp. 1-14.
The comments on Russell's work are as follows: ".
. . true in the main" and "throughout, however,
he betrays insufficient reflection on the fundamental
conceptions of the subject," with the "primary
difficulty . . . his not having begun with a thorough
examination of the elements; . . . the ultimate analytic
of thought." The major part of the manuscript
concerns CSP's own analytic of thought (theory of signs).
13. On the Logic of Quantity (L of Q)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-13; 7-12, with an alternative
p. 8 of another draft.
The principal questions raised are these: Why mathematics
always deals with a system of quantity, what the different
systems of quantity are and how they are characterized,
and what the logical nature of infinity is. The relationship
of logic and metaphysics to the three categories of
Firstness, Secondness, and Thirdness. Singular, dual,
and plural fasts. Chaldean metaphysics; chaos to determinacy;
the evolutionary process. Postulates of mathematical
logic (pp. 7-12).
14. On Quantity, with special reference to Collectional
and Mathematical Infinity (Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-34.
The nature of mathematics, pure and applied. In general,
mathematics is concerned with the substance of hypotheses,
drawing necessary conclusions from them; pure mathematics
is concerned only with those hypotheses which contain
nothing not relevant to the forms of deduction. The
nature of quan-tity (real, rational, and imaginary).
System of quaternions as an enlargement of the system
of imaginary quantity. Possible grades of multitude.
Spatial and temporal continuity. Common sense notions
of continua, especially with regard to the flow of
time. "Continuum" defined as "a whole
composed of parts, with the parts of the whole comprising
a series, such that, taking any multitude whatever,
a collection of those parts can be discovered the multitude
of which is greater than the given multitude."
Lastly, reasons are given for thinking that continuity
exists beyond the evidence afforded by our natural
beliefs in the continuity of space and time.
15. On Quantity, with special reference to Collectional
and Mathematical Infinity (Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-29, incomplete.
Same questions raised as in MS. 14. "Mathematics"
defined, with extended comments on the divisions of
the sciences.
16. On the Logic of Quantity, and especially of Infinity
(Logic of Quantity)
A. MS, n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1, 5-9, 7-18, 18-20.
Several definitions of "mathematics," including
Aristotle's and CSP's. Mathematical proof and probable
reasoning; the system and scale of quantity; the importance
of quantity for mathematics. But to grasp the nature
of mathematics is to grasp the three elements, which,
with regard to consciousness, are feeling, consciousness
of opposition, and consciousness of the clustering
of ideas into sets. Recognition of the three elements
in the three kinds of signs logicians employ. An analysis
of the syllogism.
17. On the Logic of Quantity (Logic of Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-9; 7-10 of another draft.
This manuscript should be compared with MS. 16, to which
it bears a special similarity. See also MS. 250 where
CSP defines "mathematics" as "the tracing
out of the consequences of an hypothesis." Five
definitions of "mathematics." Benjamin Peirce’s
definition found acceptable with modification. "Science"
defined in terms of the activity of scientists, not
in terms of its content or "truths." Probable
inference and certain features of mathematical proof
(pp. 7-10).
18. (Logic of Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 3-4.
Defense of a modified version of Benjamin Peirce’s definition
of "mathematics." Cf. MS. 78.
19. Logic of Quantity (Logic of Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-12.
Several theorems demonstrated, e.g., that every relation
included under a preference is itself a preference.
Solution is offered to the following problem: Required
that property which a collection must have to prevent
it from proceeding from any collection of which it
forms a part.
20. Logic of Quantity (Logic of Quantity)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5; 1-4, 3-5; plus a single-page
table of contents ("Contents") and 3 rejected
pages.
Definitions, corollaries, theorems, and problems. The
theorems and problems differ from those in MS. 19.
21. Memoire sur la Logique de la Quantite. Deuxieme
Partie.
A. MS., n.p., n.d.. pp. 1-16, with 5 rejected pages.
The application of the logic of relations to quantity.
22. Systems of Quantity
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
Definitions of "relation," "relationship,"
"ring-relationship," and "quantity."
Systems of logical, collectional, and total quantity
distinguished.
23. [Logic of Number]
TS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-7.
A draft of G-1881-7 (for annotated reprint of, see MS.
38). Unlimited and limited discrete simple quantity.
24. The Theory of Multitude (Multitude)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903], pp. 1-3; 3-4 of another draft.
"Multitude" defined in terms of collection,
followed by a pragmatistic definition of "collection."
25. Multitude and Number (Multitude)
A. MS., G-1897-1, pp. 1-82, with rejected or alternative
pages running brokenly from p. 7 to p. 71.
Most of manuscript was published (4.170-226, except
187n1) but omitted were several illustrations (pp.
21-24; 34) and several proofs of theorems, among which
are the following: That the collection of possible
sets of units which can be taken from discrete collections
is always greater than the collection of units (pp.
12-13), that the sum of an enumerable collection of
enumerable multitudes is an enumerable multitude (pp.
29-32), and that there is a vast collection of indefinitely
divident relations between the units of any denumerable
collection (pp. 40-54).
26. On Multitude (On Multitude)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1897], pp. 1-24, with 24 pp. of rejects
and/or alternatives.
An inquiry into what grades of multitude of collections
are mathematically possible. This is a logical inquiry
because both a strict logica utens and the principles
of logica docens are required. Collection is explained
but not precisely defined. Provided are three axioms
relating to collections and several theorems. The inquiry
concludes with a discussion of the general method of
drawing conclusions by means of the above system.
27. Considerations concerning the Doctrine of Multitude
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905-07?], pp. 1-5; 23, 24, 27, 29,
30.
The nature of definition; "collection" defined;
first- and second-intentional collection.
28. [On Multitudes]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1897?], pp. 23-48.
Abnumeral collection; first, second, and third denumeral
multitude; princi, secundo, and tertio post-numeral
multitude. Continuity and the doctrine of limits.
29. [On Multitudes]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp.
Innumerable and inenumerable multitude. Generality and
infinity.
30. Note on the Doctrine of Multitude
A. MS., n.p., [November 1903], pp. 1-6; 1-2.
Doctrine of multitude is developed in terms of dog-names
and boy-names. See CSP - Josiah Royce correspondence,
11/13/03, and the CSP-E. H. Moore correspondence, 12/16/03.
31. On the theory of Collections and Multitude
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905-07?], 2 pp.; plus 1 p. (p. 2)
("Note on Collections").
32. [On Collections]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, incomplete.
"Collection" defined; collection and quota
distinguished.
33. [On Collections and Multitudes]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 4-8.
34. [Collections and the Fermatian Inference]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 26 pp. of discontinuous fragments
(nn. except for 67).
35. [Fermatian Inference]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
36. [Fragments on Collections]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 14 pp.
37. On the Number of Forms of Sets
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3.
Explanation of form and formality in terms of plurality
and diversity of sets. Table of formalities.
38. On the Logic of Number Reprints, G-1881-7.
One of the two reprints is annotated. Undated revisions
in the form of marginal notes.
39. Logic of Number
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 18 pp.
Fundamental premises concerning number.
40. Axioms of Number
A. MS., n.p., [C.1881?], 4 pp.
Fifteen axioms (or assumptions) of arithmetic which
provide a definition of "positive, discrete number"
and from which, CSP thought, every proposition of the
theory of numbers may be deduced by formal logic. Definitions
of "addition" and "multiplication."
41. The Axioms of Number
TS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
42. [Cardinal and Ordinal Number]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp.
43. [Cardinal Number]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 36-38.
Mathematical calculations on the versos of these pages.
44. First Definition of Ordinals (Topics)
A. MS., G-c.1905-3 [G-1904-3], pp. 26-49, with 10 pp.
of rejects and/or alternatives.
Published, in part, as 4.331-340. Omitted: an attempt
to define formally a secundal system of enumeration
(pp. 38-39) and a second example (pp. 46-49).
*45, [Second Definition of Ordinals]
A. MS., n.p., [1904], pp. 4-6; 19-22; and 1 p. (the
number of which is missing).
Parenthetically: "As for the whole existing race
of philosophers, say John Dewey, to mention a relatively
superior man whom you see, why they are the sort of
trash who are puzzled by Achilles and the Tortoise!
Think of trying to drive any exact thought through
such skulls! Royce is the only philosopher I know of
real power of thought now living."
46. [Ordinals]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 6-7.
Second definition of "ordinals," and first
and second ordinal definition of "addition."
Also multitudinal definition of "addition."
47. Proof of the Fundamental Proposition of Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., [1890?], pp. 1-4.
The proposition to be proved: ". . . that the order
of sequence in which the things of any collection are
counted makes no difference is [in] the result, provided
there can be any order of counting in which the count
can be completed. "
48. Numeration (Num)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-20, with 44 pp., some of which
belong to different drafts but many of which are rejected
pages.
Definitions of "number" and "series."
The distinction between precise and definite; vague
and indefinite. Abstraction, or ens rationis. In what
sense can it be said that entia rationis are real?
These pages were probably intended for an arithmetic.
49. An Illustration of Dynamics (Illustration)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901-02?], pp. 1-20, with 3 pp. of
variants.
Setting out from two problems of dynamics both of which
require for their solution the method of infinitesimals,
CSP attempts an explanation of the method of infinitesimals,
which requires, in turn, an explanation of collections
and multiplicity. In addition, there is a discussion
of the different modes of being, followed by a discussion
of the distinction between reality and existence (for
the purpose of showing that although nothing unreal
can exist, something may be non-existent without being
unreal).
50. (Attraction)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901-02?], pp. 1-12, with a rejected
p. 10.
Contents are similar to those of previous manuscript,
but without the discussions of existence and reality
and of collections.
NUMERICAL NOTATION AND ANALYSIS
51. On the Ways of Thinking of Mathematics (W of T)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901-02?], pp. 1-4, with a rejected
p. 3.
On the decimal and secundal systems of enumeration.
52. Notes on Numerical Notation
A. MS., n.p., [c.1910?], pp. 1-10, plus a rejected p.
2.
The notion of "elegance" in mathematics. The
secundal system.
53. Secundal Computation
A. MS., n.p., [c.1912?], pp. 1-6, with 2 other attempts
to write p. 2.
The notion of "elegance" in mathematics. The
secundal system. Modes of reality.
54. Secundal Computation, Rules
A. MS., n.p., [early 1912], 8 pp., with 3 rejected pages;
plus 1 folded sheet ("rules for addition and subtraction").
Notational explanation and accompanying statement of
the rules for multiplication, division, addition, and
subtraction. The extraction of square roots.
55. Computations for a Table of Secundal Antilogarithms
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-4.
56. Calculation of I.V.I. and Secundal Expression
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2; plus a folded sheet ("Calc.
of Table of Secundal Logarithms").
57. Essay on Secundal Augrim (SA)
A. MS., n.p., [c. February 1905?], pp. 1-9.
Dedicated to James Mills Peirce and concerned with the
same material as MS. 54.
58. Secundal Augrim
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
Calculation of fundamental antilogs by additive method.
Calculation of (10)01.
59. Secundal Augrim. Calculation of 10-01 by additive
method continued
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
60. Secundal Augrim. Sheet 1
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
61. Secundal Numerical Notation (Secundals)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-12, with variant pages 7 and
9.
The four distinguishing characteristics of the system
of secundals. CSP's version of the secundal system,
with its several rules and examples of their application.
62. [Notes on Secundal Numeration]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905?], 1 p., with 64 pp. of secundal
calculations.
63. [Secundal Notation Employed in Finding Factors]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 11 pp.
64. Notes for my treatise on Arithmetic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Mostly on secundals. Versos contain calculations pertinent
to pendulum experiment, and two of these pages are
dated Paris 1876.
65. The Binary Numerical Notation
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2; 1-2 ("The Binary System
of Numerical Notation").
66. Mathematics as it is to be treated in my Logic treated
as Semiotics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1892-94?], pp. 1-5.
Binary system of notation.
67. Sextal Numeration
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Transformation of an integer from decimal or sextal
to secundal expression and back again to the decimal
expression. Synthemes.
68. Note on a Series of Numbers (Series)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903?], pp. 1-12, with variants (pp.
7, 8-12).
The series investigated is that whose first two dozen
members are 2 S 3 S 3 S 4 S 5 S 5 S 4 S 5 S 7 S 8 S
7 S 7 S 8 S 7 S 5 S 6 S 9 S 11 S 10 S 11 S 13 S 12
S 9 S 9 S
69. Numerical Equations
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet (2 pp.).
Method of getting all the roots when their moduli are
all different.
70. Analysis of some Demonstrations concerning definite
Positive Integers (N)
A. MS., G-1905-6, pp. 1-20, with 50 pp. of variants
and notes.
See notes for an explanation of existential graphs.
The versos of some pages contain notes for dictionary.
In addition there is a draft of a letter in reply to
an advertisement appearing in the New York Herald.
71. Of the Unordered Combinations of Six Things (6 Things)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1899], pp. 1-8.
The symmetrics of combinations of six things.
72. On the Combinations of Six Things
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
73. A Problem of Trees
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp. (incomplete or unfinished).
The problem for which a solution is offered is to find
how many distinct forms there are for a row of a given
number of letters (separated into two parts by a punctuation
mark, and each part not consisting of a single letter
into two parts by a subordinate punctuation mark,
and so on until all letters are separated).
*74. On the Number of Dichotomous Divisions: a problem
in permutations
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-10 (p. 7 missing); plus 17
pp. of another draft.
In the calculus of logic, a proposition is separated
by its copula into two parts. The two parts may again
be separated in a like manner, and so on indefinitely.
One may inquire how many such propositional forms with
a given number of copulas there are. Similar problem
in algebra.
ALGEBRA
75. Notes on Associative Multiple Algebra
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 23 pp.
"The main proposition of this note was presented
to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, May 11,
1875; and is published in the Proceedings of the Academy
on p. 392." It is clear that this manuscript and
the following two (76 and 77) belong together. See
G-1875-2 and 3.150-151.
76. II. On the Relative Forms of the Algebras
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-7.
A draft of G-1881-10 (Addendum 2).
77. III. On the Algebras in which division is unambiguous
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 8-14.
A draft of G-1881-10 (Addendum 3).
78. Notes on B. Peirce’s Linear Associative Algebra
(LAA)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
A defense of Benjamin Peirce’s definition of "mathematics":
Six possible objections noted and countered. Cf. G-1881-10
and MS. 18.
79. Nilpotent Algebras
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
Double and triple algebras.
80. Nilpotent Algebras
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
81. Notes on the Fundamentals of Algebra
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Copula. Ligations, both simple and branching.
82. On the Application of Logical Analysis to Multiple
Algebra
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1, 3-4.
See G-1875-2.
83. Index to Jordan's "Substitutions"
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp.
84. [Algebraical Problems]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Drafts of corresponding pages of MS. 165.
85. An Algebraical Excursus
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2.
86. On the Quadratic Equation (QE)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
On the real, equal, or imaginary roots of quadratic
equations.
87. Rough Sketch of Suggested Prolegomena to your [i.e.,
James Mills Peirce’s] First Course in Quaternions
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905?], pp. 1-20, 16-19, 17-26, and
20 pp. of variants.
The mathematician's threefold task involves substituting
hypotheses for less definite descriptions of real or
imaginary states of affairs, then developing a point
of view for making those hypotheses as comprehensible
as possible, and finally employing that point of view
for the purpose of solving problems. Mathematical theory
is the discovery of methods of treating a broad class
of problems from one general point of view. Quaternions
as a particular theory of tridimensional space. Analysis
of spatial and temporal relations. Listing Numbers.
88. Quaternions Applied to Probabilities
A. MS., n.p., [1860's, early 1870?] 1 folded sheet (4
pp.).
89. Quaternions Theory of Functions
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 7 pp.
90. [Quaternions]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1876], 2 pp.
Quaternion algebra. Hamilton's and Benjamin Peirce’s
forms interpreted geometrically.
CALCULUS OF FINITE DIFFERENCES
91. A Treatise on the Calculus of Differences (Calc.
Diff.)
A. MS., n.p., [1903-04?], pp. 1-25, with twice as many
pages from other drafts.
For "calculus of differences" CSP preferred
"calculus of successions." He planned to
divide treatise into four parts, but the manuscript
only gets into the first part which, treating the subject
generally without regard to the na-ture of known quantities,
is occupied mainly with equations of differences. The
distinction between logical and mathematical functions.
Features of mathematical functionality. Definitions
of "value," "universe of values."
"quantity." Notational rules.
92. Note on the Notation of the Calculus of Finite Differences
(NFD)
A. MS., n.p., [1903-04?], pp. 1-4.
The calculus of finite differences and the differential
calculus compared, especially with respect to the notion
of function.
93. Calculus of Finite Differences
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, with 2 pp. (of two other
starts); 1 p. ("The Logic of Finite Differences");
3 pp. ("Equations of Finite Differences");
a notebook ("Promiscuous Notes").
The notebook from p. 17 onward is devoted to Boole's
Finite Differences and related topics (Tagalog is the
major subject of the first part of notebook).
BRANCHES AND FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY
94. New Elements of Geometry by Benjamin Peirce, rewritten
by his sons, James Mills Peirce and Charles Sanders
Peirce.
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6, 1-4 ("Preface"),
2 pp. ("Nota Bene"), pp. 1-398, (pp. 7, 31-33,
35, 69-70, 74-76, 78, 92-94, 166-168, 175, 182-183,
235 missing), with pp. xvi, xvii, xviii, xix, and pp.
37-150 from Benjamin Peirce’s Plane and Solid Geometry
mounted and ready for revision.
Rewritten are books II-V concerned with the fundamental
properties of space, topology, graphics, metrics.
95. [The Branches of Geometry; Ordinals]
A. MS., notebook, G-1904-3 and sup(1) G-c.1905-3, pp.
1-34.
An address delivered to the National Academy of Sciences.
There is no indication of publication under G-1904-3,
but this is G-c.1905-3 which is a mistake. see sup(1)
G-c.1905-3.
*96. [The Branches of Geometry; Existential Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1904-05?], 11 pp.
97. [The Branches of Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 9-16, with 5 pp. of variants.
98. The Axioms of Geometry
A. MS., n.p., [c.1870-71?], 2 pp., with 3 pp. of other
starts.
99. The Axioms of Geometry. Attempt at enumerating them
A. MS., n.p., [c.1875-76], l p.
100. First Attempt at a Geometry Logically Correct
A. MS., notebook, n.p., September 21, 1874.
101. [Six Fundamental Properties of Space]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
CSP's intention is to explain imaginaries in a new way,
bringing them into the orbit of synthetic geometry
by means of the principle of continuity.
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
102. Promptuarium of Analytic Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp. and 4 pp. of different drafts.
103. Syllabus of Plane Analytic Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
104. On Real Curves
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5, with variant p. 4.
105. On Real Curves. First Paper
A. MS., n.p., n.p., n.d., 13 pp.
*106. Four Systems of Coordinates
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 16 pp.
EUCLIDEAN AND NON EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY
107. Synopsis of Euclid
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
108. [Euclid's Elements; Properties of the Number 2;
the Meaning of "Rational"]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
109. Pythagorean Triangles (Pyth. Tri)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901?], pp. 1-4.
110. Note on Pythagorean Triangles
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
111. Formulae for Plane Triangles
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 sheet.
112. Notes on Klein Icosahedron
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 12 PP.
*113. Icosahedron (Icosahedron)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 16 pp.
114. On Hyperbolic Geometry (Hyp. Geom)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901?], pp. 1-6, 16-20, with rejected
pages.
Formulae required for the projection of the hyperbolic
plane upon the Euclidean. Definitions of "individual,"
"independence of individuals," and "collection."
Fundamental theorem of multitude. (Cantor's demonstration
of this theorem is thought to be fallacious.)
115. Newton's Enumeration of Cubic Curves
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 7 pp.
Hyperbolic geometry.
116. Brocardian Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
117. The Non-Euclidean Geometry made Easy
A. MS., G-undated-7, pp. 1-8.
Published, in part, as 8.97-99. Unpublished (pp. 3-8).
Denial of either the first or second of the two "natural
propositions," noted in that part of manuscript
which was published, leads to a non-Euclidean geometry.
Both of the corresponding kinds of non-Euclidean geometry
are intelligible, and a consideration of plane geometry
will suffice to show this.
118. Reflections on Non-Euclidean Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
119. Non-Euclidean Geometry
A. MS., n.p., [c.1883 or later], 1 p. and 1 p. ("Notes
on Non-Euclidean Geometry") .
The purpose of this memoir is to find some way of treating
geometry metrically by introducing the absolute synthetically.
The attempt is restricted to plane non-Euclidean geometry:
"Solid non-Euclidean geometry is a trifle too
hard for me."
120. The Elements of Non-Euclidean Geometry. Preface
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp., plus 3 pp. which may be part
of the same draft.
121. [On Non-Euclidean Geometry]
A. MS., G-undated-6, pp. 2-11; plus 4 pp. of an earlier
draft.
Probably manuscript of an address to the New York Mathematical
Society, November 24, 1894. Published, in part, as
8.93 n2. Was Euclid a non-Euclidean geometer? Probably!
Properties of space. Evidence for thinking there is
an absolute which is a real quadric surface. Newton's
argument that space is an entity and its bearing on
non-Euclidean Geometry. On back of p. 11: "Professor
Fiske" [i.e., Thomas S. Fiske].
122. Non-Euclidean Geometry. Sketch of a Synthetic Treatment
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 32 pp. (several attempts with different
titles).
123. Lobachevski's Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
124. Formulae
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Notes on non-Euclidean geometry, existential graphs,
and Laurent's probabilities. Solution of quadratic
equation. The "formulae" of the title refers
to trigonometrical formulae and formulae of analytic
geometry.
PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY
125. Geometry. Book 1. Projective Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
Definitions: Geometry, Body, Surface, Line, Point.
126. A Geometrico-Logical Discussion
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-10, with 28 pp. of other drafts.
Four-ray problem (How many rays cut four given rays?)
as offering best apercus into nature of projective
geometry. The impossibility of exact ideas, even in
mathematics. Idea of a person; idea of a species of
animal. Reality and entia rationis. Brief note on verso
of one of the pages is dated September 16, 1906, and
reads as follows: "11 1/4 P.M. Fell asleep standing
and dreamed something about a tablet in a church In
memory of my mother."
127. [Fragments on Projective Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 61 pp.
128. [Mathematical Notion of Projection]
Amanuensis, with corrections in CSP's hand, n.p., n.d.,
pp. 11-12.
METRICAL GEOMETRY
129. Metrical Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-39, with variant pages, and
155 pp. of other drafts.
Drafts for MS. 94 or 165. Foundations of linear and
angular measurement. Signate, imaginary and quaternional
measurement. Concept of a metron. Definitions, theorems,
and demonstrations.
130. Metrical Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 27 pp.
Drafts for MS. 94 or 165. On the nature of spatial measurement.
131. [Metrical Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 12 pp.
Drafts for MS. 94 or 165. On propositions holding true
for all kinds of systems of measurement.
132. Plan of Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 28 pp.
133. [Metrical Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1, 14-l5, 17-19
Much of the content, however, is projective geometry
which is thought of as requisite for metrics.
134. [Metrical Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 27-39, plus 4 pp. of variants.
Drafts for MS. 94 or 165.
135. [Metrical Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 56-62, plus a variant p. 58.
Drafts for MS. 94 or 165.
136. [Metrical Geometry]
A. MS., G-undated-12 (Space), 1 p.
TOPICAL GEOMETRY
137. Topical Geometry (Topics)
A. MS., n.p., [1904], pp. 1-29, plus a confusion of
partial drafts with pages running as high as p. 40,
but with no continuous or final draft.
It is not evident that the title page goes with rest
of the manuscript, which was written for Popular Science
Monthly. The branches of geometry and their mutual
relations. The branches of topics. Topics presupposes
time, and time presupposes the doctrine of multitude.
The topical properties of time; the hypothetically
defined time of topics a true continuum; true continuity
opposed to the pseudo-continuity (of the calculus).
Instances of time, with the multitude of instances
defined with the aid of the secundal system of enumeration.
Points as possibilities, not actualized until something
occurs to mark them. The dividing point between green
and white is both green and white. Law of contradiction
does not apply to potentialities. Census Theorem, Census
Number, and Listing Numbers. On general words (signs).
138. Analysis of Time
A. MS., notebook, n.p., begun c.1904-05 with two entries
dated August 13, 1908.
Four given rays may be crossed by how many rays? The
analysis of the Four-ray problem requires a consideration
of continuity which in its primitive, i.e., simple,
sense has the form of time. Time as a determination
of actuality (later see annotation CSP dissents).
Definition of terms, e.g., instant, gradations. "I
will not take up more of this book with the subject
of discrete quantity But I refer to a similar book
labelled 'All Pure Quantity merely ordinal' [MS. 224]
for more about it."
139. On synectics, otherwise called Topology or Topic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp., incomplete.
Synectics as the science of spatial connections; pure
synectics as the science of the connection of the parts
of true continua.
140. A Treatise on General Topics (General Topics)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4, plus 1 p., dated December
26, 1913, on what it means to say that a line is continuous.
141. On Topical Geometry, in General (T)
A. MS., G-undated-12, pp. 1-14, 4-8, 4-7, 5-7, 5, 9,
13.
Published, in part, as 7.524-538, except 534n4 and 535n6.
Omitted from publication is a discussion of the Kainopythagorean
Categories centering in the view that there are but
three and that there can be no element in experience
not included in the three.
142. Notes on Topical Geometry
A. MS., G-undated-16 [c.1899-1900?], 6 pp., plus 2 pp.
each of two other drafts having the same title as above.
Published, in part, as 8.368n23. Omitted from publication
are definitions of "thing" and "collection,"
and a discussion of signs, especially icon, index,
and symbol.
143. Topic (Topic)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
Point-figures and line-figures.
144. On General Topic (Topic)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3, incomplete.
General and special topic distinguished. Properties
of a continuum.
*145. An Attempt to state systematically the Doctrine
of the Census in Geometrical Topics or Topical Geometry,
more commonly called "Topologie" in German
books; Being A Mathematical-Logical Recreation of C.
S. Peirce following the lead of J. B. Listing's paper
in the "G^ttinger Abhandlungen"
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 12 pp.
146. On Space-Logic
A. MS., n.p., November 13, 1895, pp. 1-2 (with a second
p. 2), incomplete.
Notation. Topical singularity of a line.
147. On Space-Logic
A. MS., n.p., November 14, 1895, 1 p.
Notation only.
148. Topics of Surfaces
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
149. Ch. 2. Topical Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
Definitions of "space," "place,"
"point," "particle," "line,"
"filament," "surface," "film,"
"solid," "body."
150. [Topical Geometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 45 pp.
Draft of MS. 94 or 165. Also material on graphics (projective
geometry).
151. Topics. Chapter I. Singular Systems
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Firstness, or qualities, are positive albeit vague determinations.
Vagueness and generality discriminated.
152. Section 4. Of Topical Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 6-12; 7-8.
Kinds of multitude: numerable, innumerable, enumerable,
inenumerable.
153. On the Problem of Coloring a Map (4 Colors)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-17, plus variants.
154. On the Problem of Map-Coloring and on Geometrical
Topics, in General (MC, PMC, Map)
A. MS., n.p., [1899-1900], pp. 1-10, plus variants and
many other attempts (82 pp. in all), none going beyond
p. 10.
The problem of map-coloring is stated as follows: "To
determine demonstratively the smallest number of colors
that will suffice so as to color any map whatever which
can be drawn on a given surface, that no two confine
regions (that is, two regions having a common boundary-line)
shall have the same color." See CSP W. E. Story
correspondence, 12/29/00.
155. Studies in map Coloring as Starting-point for Advance
into Geomet-rical Topics
A. MS., notebook, n.p., [c.1897-1900?].
The first part of the notebook, the date of which is
c.1870, deals with physical constants.
156. Map Coloring Vol. IV
A. MS., small notebook, n.p., n.d., plus another notebook
("Map Coloring Vol. V"), n.p., n.d.
Study of the Census Number.
157. [Link Coloring]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1897-1900?], 16 pp.
In how many ways, with c colors, can a simple chain
of 1 links be colored, no two adjacent links being
colored alike? In how may ways, with c + l colors,
can a simple chain of I + l links be colored so that
all adjacent links are colored differently?
158. [Fragments on Map-Coloring]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 32 pp. and 3 pp.
159. Notes on Listing
A. MS., n.p., [1897?], pp. 1-7.
160. A Study of Listing Numbers (Listing Numbers)
A. MS., n.p., February 3, 1897, pp. 1-5, plus 1 p. which
apparently belongs here.
161. [Listing Numbers; The Census-Number; The Census
Theorem]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
162. [Fragments on Listing Numbers and the Census-Number]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp.
163. [Topology; Real Curves; Astronomy; Archeology;
Assorted Mathematical Notes]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1895 (p. 45 is dated July 1895).
MATHEMATICAL TEXTBOOKS
164. New Elements of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], title page and 2 pp. ("Preface").
An introduction to a book which is designed to give
the educated man all the mathematics he needs to know
and which could serve as preparation for the study
of higher mathematics. Brief account of the recent
history of mathematics, followed by an examination
of the branches of geometry.
165. Elements of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-357 (pp. 61, 77, 93, 213,
259-273, 276-294 missing), with 23 pp. of a well-detailed
"Table of Contents" and "Subject Index"
and 18 pp. of another draft of Article 2, Scholium
2, of Chapter I.
Chapter I "Introduction" (pp. 1-39): Elementary
account of the nature of mathematics; analysis of the
game of tit-tat-too as an illustration of the process
of deducing the consequences of hypotheses; definitions
and the etymology of important terms. See MS. 1525
for possible early drafts of some of this material.
Chapter II "Sequences" (pp. 40-76, with p.
61 missing): Sequences, both simple and complex. Chapter
III "The Fundamental Operations in Algebra"
(pp. 78-92, with pp. 77 and 93 missing): Fundamental
operations in algebra; explicit and implicit functions;
functions of several variables. Chapter IV "Factors"
(pp. 94-106): Parts, divisors, and factors; prime factors;
greatest common divisor of several numbers; multiples,
dividends, and products; least common multiple; fundamental
theorem of composition. Chapter V "Negative Numbers"
(pp. 107 116): Definition and historical data. Chapter
VI "Fractional Quantities" (pp. 117-130):
Rational number explained; the system of rational numbers
as including the values of all rational fractions except
o/o. Chapter VII "Simple Equations" (pp.
131-173): Solution of linear equations; systems of
simultaneous equations. Chapter VIII "Ratios and
Proportions" (pp. 174-188): Ratios, proportions,
anharmonic ratio. Chapter IX "Surds" (pp.
189-222, with p. 213 missing): Possibility and importance
of surds; definition of "limit"; Achilles
and the tortoise (p. 196); imaginary quantities; exercises
and problems. Chapter X "Topical Geometry"
(pp. 223-275, with pp. 259-273, 276-293 missing): Topical
geometry explained; continuum; homo-geneity; tridimensionality
of space; singularities; topical classes of surfaces;
the topical census. Long footnote on the intelligibility
of infinitesimals. Chapter XI "Perspective"
(pp. 294-357): Graphics; homoloidal system of plates;
dominant (optical) homoloids; projection; Desarques'
Ten-Line theorem; the Nine-Ray theorem.
166. Elements of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 44-320, with many gaps and
variant pages.
Another draft of MS. 165.
167. Practical Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-29 (pp. 26-27 missing), plus
2 pp.
Maxims for attaining accuracy and speed in handling
numbers. Counting and measuring. The decimal names
of numbers. The arabic notation.
168. Practical Arithmetic
TS. (corrected), n.p., n.d., 21 pp. of two drafts.
169. Factotal Augrim (A) (B)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-18 (A), 5-18 (A), plus variants;
1-4 (B).
Terminology: augrim, arithmetic, vulgar arithmetic,
practical arithmetic, ciphering, and algorithm. Elementary
and composite augrims. On number, including a long
footnote on collections.
170. Rough List of Works Consulted for Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., [1890-91?], 3 pp.
171. CSP's Small Inventions in Arithmetic and Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp.
The arrangement of all the rational fractions, not negative,
in the order of their values and without calculation.
172. Examples in Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp.
173. A System of Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Rule for addition.
174. Rule for Division
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-28 (pp. 2, 13, 15-16, 23-26
missing), plus variants and several unnumbered pages.
175. Exercises in Arithmetic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
176. [Elementary Arithmetic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 15 pp.
Rule for addition. Counting by threes, fours, fives,
etc.
177. The Practice of Vulgar Arithmetic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Addition, multiplication, squaring a number, solving
algebraic equations, Rule of False.
178. C. S. Peirce’s Vulgar Arithmetic: Its Chief Features
A. MS., notebook, n.p., [c.1890].
Draft of a book, outlining its chief features. Shortcuts
in the teaching of arithmetic.
179. Peirce’s Primary Arithmetic Upon the Psychological
Method
A. MS., n.p-, [1893], 52 pp.
Teaching numeration. Addition. Multiplication.
180. Plan of the Primary Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3.
The contents of seventeen chapters are noted.
181. Primary Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 31 pp.
Six lessons concerned with counting.
182. Primary Arithmetic. Suggestions to Teachers
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 12 pp.
A teaching manual on counting.
183. Mugling Arithmetic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2.
184. [On Counting]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
185. Chapter IV. Addition
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
186. Familiar Letters about the Art of Reasoning
A. MS., n.p., May 15, 1890, pp. 1-22, plus title page
and 2 pp. (unnumbered).
In the form of a letter to Barbara (of the mnemonical
verses). Card-playing as a pedagogical instrument,
useful in teaching the art of reasoning.
187. [Assorted Notes for an Elementary Arithmetic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp. (not all in CSP's hand).
188. [Introduction to Practical Arithmetic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Discussion is somewhat advanced and may not be part
of a primary or vulgar arithmetic.
189. Lydia's Peirce’s Primary Arithmetic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., [1904-05], with 65 pp. of drafts.
"Grandmother" Lydia teaches counting, making
use of children's nonsense rhymes like "eeny-meeny-mony-meye,"
but pointing up the numerical limitations of gibberish.
190. [Notes on Square Roots, Long Division, Addition,
Cyclic Numeration]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
191. [Balance and Scales]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 13 pp.
Part of a proposed book for children.
192. [On Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-15.
An elementary discussion possibly for a textbook.
193. Syllabus of the Elements of Trigonometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp., representing three different
starts.
194. [Fragments on Trigonometry]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., over 100 pp.
195. Trigonometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, plus 13 pp.
196. Sketch of a Proposed Treatise on Trigonometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 20 pp.
197. Elements of Geometry
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
198. [Geometry Exercises]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 14 pp.
MATHEMATICAL RECREATIONS
199. The Third Curiosity (MM/D)
A. MS., n.p., [1907], pp. 1-76, plus 53 rejected pages.
Numeration with a base other than 10. Sextal and secundal
systems. The rules of arithmetic, e.g., rule of algebraic
summation and the rule of "direct division."
200. The Fourth Curiosity (MM/E)
A. MS., G-1908-1e, pp. 1-186, plus 161 pp. (running
brokenly to p. 186).
Omitted from publication in the Collected Papers: further
discussion of the relationships of the Aristotelian
pattern; definition of "pure mathematics";
numbers as entia rationis; first valid argument for
pragmatism involves the denial of the Absolute. Kind,
class, and collection. Signs and predication.
201. A Contribution to the Amazes of Mathematics (MM)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1908], 210 pp., most of which are numbered
with the numbered pages running as high as p. 164 (many
pages missing, however).
Rationale for two card "tricks" [The First
(?) and Second Curiosities]. Abstract real (not imaginary)
numbers viewed pragmatistically. Cantorian system.
Cyclical system of numbers. The Fourth Curiosity. Secundal
arithmetic. Reference to Elements of Mathematics (MS.
165), with bitter note on publishers of textbooks.
202. Some Amazements of Mathematics (Cu)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1908], pp. 1-53, plus 26 pp. of variants.
This paper begins with an analysis of the peculiarity
of the number 142857. Lengthy discussion of infinitesimals.
Fermat's theorem, Polynomial theorem, Rule of "direct
division." Card "trick" (same as one
of the two card "tricks" of MS. 201).
203. Addition (Add)
A. MS., n.p., May 24, 1908, pp. 1-5.
Alternate draft of 4.642. Does the collective system
of irrational and rational quantity constitute a continuum
or a pseudo-continuum? CSP says "pseudo-continuum"
as against the opinions of both Cantor and Dedekind.
204. Supplement (A)
A. MS., G-1908-1b, pp. 1-17, incomplete, with variants.
The exact date of this manuscript is May 24, 1908. It
was published, in part, as 7.535n6. Unpublished: Whether
mathematicians generally, including Cantor and Dedekind,
are correct in their views as to what constitutes a
true continuum. The three universes of ideas, i.e.,
arbitrary possibilities, physical things, and minds.
Reality and existence; perfect and imperfect continua.
205. Recreations in Reasoning (RR)
A. MS., G-c.1897-4, pp. 1-35, plus 22 pp. probably from
another draft.
Published as 4.153-169, with the proofs of several theorems
omitted.
206. Recreative Exercises in Reasoning (R)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
Solution of the following exercise: "Required to
arrange all the rational fractions (whose denominators
do not exceed a given number and whose numerators do
not exceed a given number of times the denominator)
in the order of their values, in a horizontal row with
< or = interposed between each successive two to
state their relation of value."
207. Recreations in Reasoning (R)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-24, 2-5 with one rejected
page and 14 pp. of variants; plus 11 pp. of notes.
Three distinguishing marks of numerical multitude. The
ordering of fractions and the simplest method for calculating
circulating decimals.
208. Recreations of Reasoning (RR)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1897], pp. 1, 21, 32; and 1 p.
209. Knotty Points in the Doctrine of Chances
A. MS., n.p., [c.1899], pp. 1-16.
Problem in probabilities: mathematics of the roulette
table. CSP concludes whimsically: "That in an
even game, say an honest roulette without zeros, all
the players might make it a rule to leave off only
when they had netted a winning equal to a single bet,
and were their fortunes or backing unlimited, every
man of them would be sure of success, while the bank,
though it would not win anything, would never lose!"
Now "let U.S. lend to each citizen ..." and
then allow the winnings to be taxed.
210. A Corner for Pythagoreans. Mathematical Recreations
No. 1 by Pico di Sablonieri (pseudonym)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1895], pp. 1-11; plus 12 pp. and 5
pp. of other drafts.
A problem in probabilities. Content is similar to that
of the preceding manuscript.
211. A Brief Preliminary and Hasty Syllabus of a book
to be entitled Calculations of Chances
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 38 pp.; plus pp. 8, 11-18.
COMPUTATIONS AND FRAGMENTS
212. A Trade Secret (Trade Secret)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4, with a variant p. 1.
The computing of values of a function from an infinite
series: a dodge generally known among professional
computers.
213. Notes of a Computer
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3, plus 1 p. ("A Device
of Computation") and 1 p. ("A Computer's
Device").
214. Note on o(inf)
TS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
215. Integer Negative Powers of 2
A. MS., n.p., "checked and found correct by CSP
1911, Oct. 8," 2 pp.
216. Practical Comments on Namur's Tables of Logarithms
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
217. Calc. of Nat. Log. 10
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 sheet.
218. A Short Table of Reciprocals
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 sheet.
219. Computation of the excess of 5/10 over 1
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
220. Calculation of the fractional part of 5/10
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
221. Hints toward the invention of a Scale-Table
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6; 1-3; and 9 pp. of fragments.
Table of antilogarithms and a logarithmic scale.
222. Dedekind's Dirichlet #23
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3, plus 5 pp. of two other
starts.
The object of this paper is to describe a notation which
reveals clearly the elementary constitution and properties
of the functions connected with the GCD algorithm.
223. Gibb's Papers. Vol. II. p. 30
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Probably a draft of G-1883-5d.
224. All Pure Quantity merely ordinal
A. MS., notebook, August 16, 1908.
Notes for a memoir whose purpose is "to prove that
every system of signs of abstract quantities signifies
nothing but that one sign denotes an object later in
one or more sequences (or later in one and earlier
in another, etc.) than an object denoted by another."
A study of two systems: (a) additive scheme of rational
values, (b) numerative scheme of positive fractions.
Ens rationis and feeling (monadic experience contrasted
with dyadic experience, or "reaction").
225. Memorandum of How to Do Things
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Various formulae of computation. Certain kinds of problems,
e.g., drawing the best algebraic curve of a given order
through any number of points, finding times of moon's
rising and setting, etc., and their solutions.
226. Note to p. 378 of [Benjamin] Peirce’s Analytic
Mechanics
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
227. Theorems of Numbers
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp., incomplete.
228. Notes
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
Distributions of the theorems of mathematics throughout
the various branches of the discipline. In addition,
the notes are concerned with the theory of equations,
equal roots, symmetric functions, different kinds of
ratios.
229. [Logic of Number] (Lefevre)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-7, 16, 18, 20-21.
Definition of "mathematics" as "the science
of hypotheses."
230. [Analytic Geometry]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Includes, in addition to the material on analytic geometry,
a personal expense account, covering several days,
but with no indication of the year.
231. Studies of Laws of Frequency of Occurrence of Numbers
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
These studies are based on population figures for 1900.
232. Note on the Mouse Trap Problem
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
233. Gauss's Rule for Easter improved
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
234. [Arithmetical Calculations]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
235. [Fragment on Quantity]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 15-16.
236. [Fermat's Theorem]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
Draft of a postscript to an unidentified letter.
237. Formulae for Repeated Differentiations (Repeated
Differentiations)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2; plus 2 pp. (Dn).
238. An Apology for the Method of Infinitesimals (Apology)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-15.
An attempt at justifying a remark (see Century Dictionary
s.v. limit) that the method of infinitesimals is more
in harmony with advances in mathematics (1883) than
the method of limits.
239. Infinitesimals
Corrected proofs, G-1900-1.
240. A Mathematical Suggestion
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet (4 pp.).
241. A Mathematical Discussion
A. MS., n.p., n.d., l folded sheet (4 pp.).
242. [Computation of Ordinates for Points on a Probability
Curve]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
243. The Theta Function of Probabilities
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p., with 5 sheets of calculations.
* 244. [A Problem in Probabilities]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Solution of algebraic problems. Venn Diagrams. Calculation
of the asymptotic axis of the larger atomic weights.
245. Illustrative Problem in Probabilities
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 16 pp.
246. Reflections on the Logic of Science
A. MS., n.p., January 1-7, 1889, pp. 2-22
Evidently for a book on the philosophy of physics. The
relationship between mathematics and physical theory.
The Rule of False. MSS. 247-249 are presumably continuations
of this one.
247. Chapter II. The Doctrine of Chances
A. MS., n.p., January 8, 1889, pp. 23-29, plus another
p. 27.
248. Chapter II. Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., January 9-17, 1889, pp. 23-29.
249. Ordinal Geometry
A. MS., n.p., January 18-19, 1889, 40 pp., representing
several starts.
250. Notes for Chapter of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., November 24-25, 1901, pp. 1-4.
251. Topics of Mathematics
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
252. [On Mathematical Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 22 pp.
Mathematical reasoning illustrated by means of the game
tit-tat-too. The advantage, in general, of studying
mathematics.
253. Logical Analysis of Some Demonstrations in High
Arithmetic (D)
A. MS., n.p., June 11, 1905, pp. 1-20, incomplete, with
an alternate p. 20.
Reference is made to a paper published in The American
Journal of Mathematics (G-1881-7). Demonstrations of
Fermat's and Wilson's theorems.
254. Of the Nature of Measurement
A. MS., G-undated-4, pp. 1-26, plus 6 pp. rejected.
Published, in part, as 7.280-312. Omitted are the demonstration
and scholium in connection with the theorem on hyperbolic
motion (pp. 13-17) and the corollary of the definition
occurring on p. 21 and published as 7.312 (pp. 22-26).
255. Of the Nature of Measurement
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-8, plus variants.
256. Properties of Space
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 11 pp. (fragmentary).
257. [On the Properties of Space]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp. and 5 pp. of another draft.
The three classes of spatial properties: intrinsic,
metrical, and optical.
258. [On the Properties of Mathematical Space]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Space is tri-dimensional and unlimited; its points are
continuous; and it has the same properties everywhere,
and in all directions.
259. Note on the Analytic Representation of Space as
a Section of a Higher Dimensional Space
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
260. Note on the Utility of considering Space as a Section
of a Space of more than 3 Dimensions
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
261. Notes on Geometry of Plane Curves without Imaginaries
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5, plus 6 pp.
262. On the Real Qualitative Characters of Plane Curves
TS., n.p., n.d., 12 pp. of several drafts.
*263. Singularities of Pairs of Terminals
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
264. On the Real Singularities of Plane Curves
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
265. Topical Singularities
A. M.S., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
266. [Worksheets on the Nine-Ray Theorem]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
267. [Points, Lines, and Surfaces]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
268. Euclid Easy. Chapter I. A Talk on Continuity
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
An imaginary conversation between Thomas J. Jeffers
and Euclid Easy, preparatory to a full scale discussion
of the logic of continuity.
269. Notes for Theorems
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Various topics are listed with reference both to standard
works and other writings. Topology and the four-color
problem.
270. Test-Example of Mathematical Reasoning
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
An inquiry which presupposes points, rays, planes, and
a relation called "containing."
271. Pythagorean
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
272. Remarkable points of a triangle
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp., and 4 pp. ("Triangle").
273. [Homoloids]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp.
Discussion of the four-ray problem.
274. The Dodecanes
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 26 pp,
275. On a Geometrical Notation
TS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp., with 2 pp. of TS. (corrected)
on "Notation."
276. Miscellaneous Journal
A. MS., notebook, dated entries for February 9, 11,
14-15, 20, 25, 28, 1910.
Secundal arithmetic. Probability. Petersburg problem.
Justification for asserting a proposition. Analysis
of the predicate "positive." Also a draft
of a letter apparently to Mrs. O. H. P. Belmont.
277. The Prescott Book
A. MS., n.p., begun May 1907 and continued June 8, 1907-September
13, 1910.
On singularities, Petersburg problem, Ten-Point theorem,
continuity, existential graphs. An analysis of signs,
notes on phaneroscopy, and an outline of a paper for
the Hibbert Journal on "a little known 'Argument'
for the Being of God."
*278. [Unidentified Fragments]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., over 1400 pp.
THE BASIS OF PRAGMATISM
279. The Basis of Pragmaticism. Meditation the First
(Med)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905], pp. 1-16, with variants.
Types of readers who will not profit from this critical
examination of pragmaticism. The Harvard Lectures of
1903 presented the argument which finally convinced
CSP of the truth of pragmaticism. The argument of 1903
restated. Discussion of the ethics of terminology contains
some amusing satire. The comparative merits of English
and German; English better adapted to logic than German.
A great mistake to attempt to reform English by way
of German expressions out of harmony with it.
280. The Basis of Pragmaticism (Basis)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905], pp. 1-48, plus fragments.
Of the different senses of "philosophy," preference
is stated for that sense in which it is synonymous
with cenoscopy, i.e., the study of common experience.
The need for a technical nomenclature and terminology
in the idioscopic sciences. The situation in philosophy
is somewhat different. Philosophy needs to admit "into
its language a body of words of vague significations
with which to identify those vague ideas of ordinary
life which it is its business to analyze." Logical
analysis is not always adequate. Examples from the
history of philosophy, especially Kant and Leibniz,
of irresponsibility in logical analysis. Kant's use
of "necessary" and "universal."
Blunders in logical analysis inevitable until proper
method (pragmaticism) is adopted. Specifically, blunders
result from the failure of philosophers to understand
and accept the logic of relations. Elementary discussion
of existential graphs ("quite the luckiest find
that has been gained in exact logic since Boole").
CSP reflects bitterly on treatment received from institutions
and publishers.
281. The Basis of Pragmaticism (Basis)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905], pp. 1-9, plus pp. 4-6.
On the senses of "philosophy" and on terminology
in general. The danger of taking words from the vernacular,
e.g., "light" in physics. Earlier draft of
MS. 280.
282. The Basis of Pragmaticism (BP)
A. MS., G-c.1905-7, pp. 1-9.
Published as 5.497-501 with insignificant deletions.
283. The Basis of Pragmaticism (Basis)
A. MS., G-1905-1d, pp. 1-162, with pp. 3-6 missing and
with pp. 112-119 discarded (p. 120 continues p. 111),
plus 210 pp. of alternative sections and single page
fragments.
The following parts of this manuscript were published:
p. 31 (section 8), pp 37-45 as 1.573-574; pp. 45-59
as 5.549-554; pp. 135-148 as 5.448n (footnote to Monist
article "Issues of Pragmaticism"). Unpublished
is the argument for the truth of pragmatism based upon
the argument of the Harvard Lectures of 1903 which,
CSP notes, were not published in his lifetime because
of the failure of a "friend" to recommend
them for printing. The meaning of "science."
Heuretic, practical, and retrospective science distinguished.
The meaning of "philosophy." Cenoscopic and
synthetic philosophy. Methods of cenoscopic research.
The idea of growth, as found in Aristotle and as applied
to knowledge generally. The divisions of cenoscopy,
with metaphysics as the third and last division and
normative science as the mid-division. The deplorable
condition of metaphysics: the necessity of logic and
the normative sciences generally as propaedeutic to
it. The hard dualism of normative science, its distinctness
from practical science, and its relationship to psychology.
Action, effort, and surprise: effort and surprise only
experiences from which we can derive concept of action.
Doctrine of Signs. Modes of indeterminacy; indefiniteness
and generality; the quantity and quality of indeterminacy.
The relationship of law and existence.
284. The Basis of Pragmaticism
A. MS., two notebooks, G-c.1905-5, pp. 1-48 (one notebook);
49-91 (second notebook) .
Selections from first notebook published as 1.294-299,
1.313, and 1.313n; selections from second notebook
(pp. 65-69) were published as 1.350-352. Omissions
from publication (First Notebook) include the disassociation
of pragmaticism from some doctrines which have become
associated with it; for example, the denial of the
Absolute, the affirmation of a Finite God, making action
(brute force) the sammum bonum. ". . . I am one
of those who say 'We believe in God, the Father Almighty,
Maker of heaven and earth and of all things visible
and invisible' where the invisible things, I take it,
are Love, Beauty, Truth, the Principle of Contradiction,
Time, etc. Clearly I can have but the vaguest analogical
notion of the Maker of such things, and Pragmaticism,
I am sure, does not require that all my beliefs should
be definite." CSP thinks that Royce in The World
and the Individual comes closer to exhibiting the meaning
of pragmatism than any exposition of it given by a
pragmatist other than himself. Another misrepresentation
of pragmaticism is to assert that pragmatism depreciates
science. The principal question for pragmaticism must
be whether thought has any meaning or purport beyond
the simple apprehension of the thought itself. Also
omitted is a discussion of the four sects of logic:
Leibnizian, Associationist, Aristotelian, and Kantian.
The analogy between the indecomposable elements of
thought and the atoms of the different elements. Logical
terms and valencies. The indecomposable elements of
the phaneron. Propositions and assertions. Omissions
from publication (Second Notebook) include a discussion
of the three modes of mental analysis (dissociation,
precision, and discrimination). Application of these
modes to primanity, secundanity, and tertianity, e.g.,
primanity can be prescinded though it cannot be dissociated
from secundanity, but secundanity cannot be prescinded
but only discriminated from primanity. Finally, the
use of existential graphs to explain logical fallacy.
MONIST ARTICLES 1905-06
285. Analysis of "What Pragmatism is"
A. MS., n.p., [c.1910-11], 1 folded sheet.
An incomplete topical summary of the contents of the
article entitled "What Pragmatism Is," the
first of the three Monist articles of 1905-06. See
G-1905-1a.
286. Analysis of the Issues of Pragmatism
A. MS., n.p., [c.1910-11], 2 folded sheets. An incomplete
topical summary of the contents of the article entitled
"Issues of Pragmatism," the second of the
three Monist articles of 1905-06. See G-1905-1b.
287. Analysis of Prolegomena
A. MS., n.p., [c.1910-11], 2 folded sheets.
An incomplete topical summary of the contents of the
article entitled "Prolegomena to an Apology for
Pragmaticism," the third of the three Monist articles
of 1905-06. See G-1905-1c.
288. Materials for Monist Article: The Consequences
of Pragmaticism. Vols. I and II
A. MS., two notebooks ("Vol. I" and "Vol.
II"), n.p., April 27, 1905 (the first date recorded).
The material collected in both volumes is for the second
article of the 1905-06 Monist series. Volume I: Critical
Common-sensism. Pragmatism is regarded as a more critical
version of a philosophy of common sense. The indubitability
of propositions with indubitability associated with
vagueness. The nature of doubt: the relationship of
doubt to feeling, habit, and belief. The relationship
of Critical Common-sensism and the normative sciences,
and the relationships among the normative sciences.
Volume II: Generality and vagueness. Concept of God
is vague; Being of God is indefinite. Criticism of
Kant: "Kant is nothing but a somewhat confused
pragmatist." Ethical and logical control compared.
Pragmatism connected with real possibility, with pragmatism
rendered intelligible by the assertion of real possibility.
Pragmatism's relationship to the normative sciences.
Existence and reality: Generals are real but nonexistent.
289. Consequences of Pragmaticism (CP)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1905], pp. 1-22, plus rejected pp.
1, 5.
This paper serves as a critical commentary on the Popular
Science article of January 1878 (G-1877-5b). Applications
of the pragmatic maxim to specific questions, e.g.,
are the so-called "Laws of the Universe"
habits of the universe in some objective sense? Question
of God's objectivity. God and Demiurge are distinguished.
Brief consideration of what constitutes reality and
characterizes propositions.
290. Issues of Pragmaticism (CP)
A. MS., G-1905-1b, pp. 1-26, 30-63 (with no break in
text); 12-28, 20-21, 27-28, 45-59; plus 9 single page
variants.
Published, in part, as 5.402n (pp. 33-37). Unpublished
is the mention of an early anticipation of pragmaticism
in a Journal of Speculative Philosophy article of 1868
(G-1868-2). In that article CSP accepts two positions
which underlie pragmaticism: Critical Common-sensism
and Scholastic realism. Critical Common-sensism differs
from the Scottish notions of common sense. Two classes
of indubitable propositions noted. Acritical inferences
and reasoning. Logica docens and logica utens. CSP
finds support of Critical Common-sensism in the writings
of Avicenna. Several applications of pragmaticism to
the meaning of matter and time and to the notion of
action at a distance. Theory of signs, especially symbols.
291. Pragmatism, Prag [4] (P)
A . MS., G-c.1905-8, pp. 2-68.
Omitted from publication (5.502-537): the footnote on
pp. 20-21, which is concerned with the meaning of "to
precide" as "to render precise, that is,
non-vague, non-indefinite." Discussion of the
derivation of the verb.
292. Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism (
)
A. MS., [c.1906], pp. 1-54 and pp. 29-54 of a partial
draft, with 28 pp. of variants and 2 pp. ("Index
to Prolegomena").
Less misleading, perhaps, to say that there are two
drafts of pp. 29-54 and that it is not certain which
should be counted as completing pp. 1-28. Pages 45-53
of one of these drafts were published as 1.288-292.
See G-1905-1c. Not published is the first part of the
manuscript which follows the third of the Monist articles
very closely. Theory of signs. Relation among thought,
thinking, and Signs. Application of the type-token
distinction. Diagram of thought, with some conventions
for diagramming. The meaning of a conditional proposition
and the revision of the tychistic hypothesis. The "second"
draft is similar to the first in respect to the conventions
for the diagramming of thought. Restatement of chief
purpose for constructing algebras of logic and existential
graphs. Sketch of a classification of signs.
293. (PAP)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1906], pp. 1-56 (only the transition
from 45-46 seems unnatural) and a sequence 10-18 marked
"Keep for reference" by CSP, with 48 pp.
of variants.
Anthropomorphism. The "operation of the mind"
as an ens rationis. Genuine reasoning distinguished
from reasoning which is not genuine. All necessary
reasoning is diagrammatic: Diagram is an icon of a
set of rationally related objects, a schema which entrains
its consequences. The three modes of non-necessary
reasoning: probable deduction, induction, and abduction.
System of existential graphs: application of existential
graphs to the phaneron; classification of the elements
of the phaneron; valency; the precedence of form over
matter in all natural classifications, with the distinction
between form and matter applied to existential graphs.
Kant's Gesetz der Affinito/oot. What is meant by saying
that identity is a continuous relation. Diagram variously
characterized as token, as general sign, as definite
form of relation, as a sign of an order in plurality,
i.e., of an ordered plurality or multitude (pp. 10-18).
294. Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism (Pr)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1906], pp. 1-3, incomplete.
Stylistic problems. Should a writer be allowed to use
the first person singular? Strategy for convincing
the reader of the soundness of the writer's position.
295. ()
A. MS., n.p., [c.1906], fragments running brokenly from
p. 8 to p. 103, with 3 pp. unnumbered.
Rejected pages for the Monist article of 1906 (G-1905-1c).
Both marking and topics treated indicate close affinity
with MS. 292. Various topics discussed: kinds of signs;
type-token distinction; collections and classes; the
substitution of "seme," "pheme,"
and "delome" for "term," "proposition,"
and "argument," and the reason for making
the substitution; several conventions of the system
of existential graphs.
296. The First Part of an Apology for Pragmaticism (A1)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907-08 or 18 months after "Prolegomena"],
pp. 1-14; 14-32, with p. 25 missing (but with no break
in the text); pp. 7-16 of another draft; plus 24 pp.
of variants.
This manuscript was intended as the fourth article of
the Monist series of 1905-06, with two more articles
following: The fourth article was to begin the apology,
the fifth to have contained the main argument, and
the sixth to have provided the subsidiary arguments
and illustrations. More specifically, a rhetorical
defence of the principle of pragmatism in the Popular
Science Monthly issues of November 1877 and January
1878; system of existential graphs; the nominalism
of Ockham and J. S. Mill; objective and subjective
generality; Scholastic realism; the three ways in which
an idea can be mentally isolated from another (dissociation,
precision, and discrimination). Among the variant pages
are some interesting biographical data, especially
CSP's reflections on his father's "remarkable
aesthetical discrimination" and his boyhood impressions
of visitors, Emerson included, to the family home in
Mason Street, Cambridge.
297. Apology for Pragmatism (Apol)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-7, incomplete.
Draft of G-1905-1g. CSP notes that there are three arguments
favoring pragmatism of which the first "sets out
from the observation that every new concept comes to
the mind in a judgment." Judgment and assertion.
298. Phaneroscopy (
)
A. MS., G-1905-1h, pp. 1-36, plus 20 pp. of variants.
This article, intended for the January 1907 Monist,
was to have followed the Monist article of October
1906. Published as follows: 4.534n1 (pp. 2-3); 4.6-11
(from pp- 5-16); 4.553n1 (pp. 18-19); 1.306-311 (pp.
26-36). Unpublished are CSP's thoughts on the relevance
of existential graphs to the truth of pragmaticism;
his view that existential graphs afford a moving picture
of thought, and his reflections on telepathy, spiritualism,
and clairvoyance. Vividness and intensity of feeling:
CSP's disagreement with Hume.
*299. Phaneroscopy: Or, The Natural History of Concepts
(Phy or Phaneroscopy)
A. MS., G-c.1905-4, pp. 1-37 incomplete, plus 31 pp.
of variants.
Published as follows: 1.332-334 (pp. 12-18); 1.335-336
(pp. 33-37). Unpublished: definition and presuppositions
of science; idioscopy and cenoscopy; mathematics and
cenoscopy; the nature of experience and cognition;
kinds of reasoning from experience; experience and
shock (having an experience requires more than a shock).
300. The Bed-Rock Beneath Pragmaticism (Bed)
A. MS., G-1905-1e, pp. 1-65; 33-40; 38-41; 37-38; 40-43.7;
plus 64 pp. of fragments running brokenly from p. 1
to p. 60.
This was to have been the fourth and ante-penultimate
article of the Monist series. The following pages were
published as indicated: 4.561n (pp. 31-39 1/2); 4.553n2
(pp. 37-38 of a rejected section). Omitted from publication
are comments on the circumstances which led to writing
the various articles of the Monist series. In this
connection CSP notes, with some horror, the view attributed
by the New York Times to William James that practical
preference was the basis of pragmatism and considers
what James probably meant to say, noting James's definition
of "pragmatism" in Baldwin's Dictionary of
Psychology and Philosophy. The truth of pragmatism
and its scientific proof. CSP reveals that he "had
passed through a doubt of pragmatism lasting very nearly
twenty years." Discussion of the nature of doubt:
the confounding of doubt with disbelief. System of
existential graphs; comparison of existential graphs
with chemical ones; existential and entitative graphs.
Studies of modality: CSP's early views and subsequent
modifications. Among the fragments one finds CSP's
disagreement with Cantor on the matter of pseudo-continuity
which for CSP raises a question of the ethics of terminology.
LECTURES ON PRAGMATISM
Eight Lectures delivered at Harvard from March 26 to May 17, 1903, the first seven under the auspices of the Department of Philosophy and the eighth under the auspices of the Department of Mathematics. Two of the notebooks included here are probably but not certainly part of the Harvard Lecture series.
301. Lecture I
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
Published in entirety: 5.14-40.
302. Lecture II
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903.
A liberal education in a hundred lessons: fifty lessons
devoted to the teaching of some small branch of knowledge.
Of the remaining fifty lessons, thirty-six were to
be devoted to logic. Lectures begin with a discussion
of the different kinds of mathematics. Dichotonic and
trichotonic mathematics. Logic of relatives. Incident
involving Sylvester, who claimed that mathematical
work shown him by CSP, who, in turn, suspected that
his work reduced to Cayley's Theory of Matrices, was
really nothing more than Sylvester's umbral notation.
Later CSP discovers, with some satisfaction, that what
Sylvester called "my umbral notation" had
originally been published in 1693 by Leibniz. CSP's
bitterness revealed in his remark that he can find
a more comfortable way of ending his days, if nobody
is interested in his efforts to gather together the
scattered outcroppings of his work in logic for the
purpose of a more systematic presentation of it.
303. Lecture II
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903.
A note appended to notebook reads: "Rejected. No
time for this and it would need two if not three lectures."
The history and nature of mathematics. Role of diagrams
in mathematics. Algebra of logic as an attempt to analyze
mathematical reasoning into its logical steps. An aside
on opium's "dormitive virtue": a sound doctrine
but hardly an explanation. The nature of abstraction,
especially mathematical abstraction. Role played by
conception of collection in mathematics. Whether pure
mathematics is a branch of logic. "I am satisfied
that all necessary reasoning is of the nature of mathematical
reasoning." Boolean algebra.
304. Lecture II. On Phenomenology
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
CSP notes "First draught" and "To be
rewritten and compressed." Published: 1.322-323
(pp. 10-12). Omitted from publication is CSP's discussion
of the goal of phenomenology, which is to describe
what is before the mind and to show that the description
is correct. Presentness (Hegel's view and CSP's contrasted).
The "immediate" defined. Quality distinguished
from feeling; quality as an element of feeling. Neither
abstract nor complex quality is the First Category.
Law of nature, with the being of law considered to
be a sort of esse in futuro. An objection to this view
of law noted and refuted. Reaction (or struggle) as
the chief characteristic of experience. Content of
the percept. No criticism of perceptual fact possible.
Reaction is no more to be comprehended than blue or
the perfume of a tea rose. Perception and imagination.
Genuine and degenerate varieties of the Second Category.
The Third Category (called "Mediation") and
signs. First degenerate form of the Third Category.
305. Lecture II
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
CSP notes: "Second Draught" and "This
won't do, it will have to be rewritten." Published:
5.41-56 (pp. 7-10, 13-32). Pages 1-6 and 10-13 not
published.
Classification of the various sciences and the place
of philosophy among them. The three principal divisions
of philosophy metaphysics, normative science, and
phenomenology and the relation of dependence among
them.
306. Lecture II
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
Published: 5.59-65 (pp. 1-14). Only the first paragraph
was omitted.
307. Lecture III
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
This lecture is subtitled: "The Categories Continued."
Published: 5.71n (p. 9); 5.82-87 (pp. 16-34). Omitted:
the three categories and their degenerate forms, if
any. Genuine form of the representamen is the symbol.
First and second degenerate forms are the index and
icon respectively. Symbol, index, and icon analyzed
with regard to degenerate forms. Given the three categories,
all possible systems of metaphysics are divided into
seven classes, e.g., into systems which admit only
one of the three categories (three systems possible),
systems which admit only two of the three categories
(three systems possible), and that system which admits
all three categories. The history of philosophy is
examined for examples of each system. Schroeder's argument
against admitting the Second Category into logic deemed
naive, but not Kempe's argument against the Third Category.
Kempe's system of graphs.
308. Lecture III
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1.
This lecture is subtitled: "The Categories Defended."
Published: 5.66-81, except 5.71n1 and 5.77n1 (pp. 1-12);
5.88-92 (pp. 48-53). Omitted: whether the three categories
must be admitted as irreducible constituents of thought.
Objection raised against Schroeder's and Sigwart's
denial of the Second Category. Discussion of Sigwart's
reduction of the notion of logicality to a quality
of feeling (Logical Gef,hl). Objection raised against
Kempe's denial of the irreducibility of the Third Category.
Brief comparison of existential graphs with Kempe's
system of graphs. Whether the categories are real,
i.e., "have their place among the realities of
nature and constitute all there is in nature,"
is a question which remains to be answered.
309. Lecture IV. The Seven Systems of Metaphysics
A. MS., two notebooks, G-1903-1.
Notebook I (pp. 1-37, of which pp. 1-4 and 12-37, with
exception of 25-34, were published as 5.77n and 5.93-111
respectively). Unpublished: a discussion of the possible
systems of metaphysics based on CSP's categories and
their combinations. In CSP's opinion, the following
philosophers were on the right track: Plato, Aristotle,
Aquinas, Scotus, Reid, and Kant. Rejection of the idea
attributed to the Hegelians that Aristotle belongs
to their school of thought. Aristotle and the notion
of esse in futuro. The Aristotelian distinction between
existence and entelechy. Ockhamists and the rise of
nominalism. Analysis of infinity (pp. 24-30). The reality
of Firstness (pp. 31-35). Notebook II (pp- 38-62, of
which pp. 38-45, 45-49, 49-51, 52-57, and 59-62, were
published separately as 5.114-118, 1.314-316, 5.119,
5.111-113, 5.57-58 respectively). Omitted is a discussion
of the reality of Secondness and a consideration of
the position that feelings and laws (Firstness and
Thirdness) are alone real (that to say that one thing
acts upon another is merely to say that there is a
certain law of succession of feelings). Experience
is our great teacher; invariably it teaches by means
of surprises.
310. Lecture V
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-14.
A knowledge of logic is requisite for understanding
metaphysics. The three categories are not original
with CSP; they permeate human thought for all time.
Statement of his own early intellectual behavior. The
year 1856 is given as the year of his first serious
study of philosophy. Beginning with esthetics (Schiller's
Aesthetische Briefe) he proceeded to logic and the
analytic part of the Critic of Pure Reason. Mentions
his subsequent neglect of esthetics and his incompetence
in this area. Reflections on esthetics. Is there such
a quality as beauty? Is beauty the name we give to
whatever we enjoy contemplating regardless of the reasons
for liking it? Esthetic quality related to the three
categories: It is Firstness that belongs to a Thirdness
in its achievement of Secondness. Reflections on ethics.
311. Lecture V
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-16.
The branches of philosophy. The normative sciences:
the relationships among the normative sciences; the
relationship between the normative sciences and the
special sciences, especially psychology; the dependence
of the normative sciences upon phenomenology and pure
mathematics. Description of the laborious "method
of discussing with myself a philosophical question."
312. Lecture V
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1, pp. 1 50.
Published: 5.120-150 (pp. 11-50). Not published is Part
I., "How I go to work in studying philosophy"
(pp. 1-10), and the contents of pp. 43-47, which constitute
a first draft (the published second draft is the versos
of these pages) and which concern the obscurity of
the relation between the three kinds of inferences
and the three categories as well as CSP's attempt to
achieve clarity here.
313. Lecture VI
A. MS., n.p., 1903, pp 1-31.
Perceptual judgments as involving generality and as
being beyond the power of logic to criticize, as referring
to singular objects, and as relating to continuous
change (time, continuity, infinity). The nature of
logical goodness and the end of argumentation. Logic
and metaphysics. Pragmatism: the genealogy of a born
pragmatist; pragmatism and realism; the ultimate meaning
of a symbol. CSP's acceptance of the term "meaning"
as a technical term of logic (as referring to the total
intended interpretant of a symbol). The meaning of
an argument and of a proposition (rhema); the meanings
of such difficult abstractions as Pure Being, Quality,
Relation. Definitions, it is stated, should be "in
terms of the conceptions of everyday life." CSP
raises one possible objection to his formulation of
the maxim of pragmatism, and ends this draft with some
disparaging remarks about the state of logical studies
at Harvard. The objection raised is this: If meaning
consists in doing (or the intention to do), is there
not a conflict with the view (to which CSP subscribes)
that the meaning of an argument is its conclusion,
since a conclusion is an intellectual phenomenon different
from doing and presumably without relation to it?
314. Lecture VI
A. MS., notebook, G 1903-1, pp. 1-43.
This manuscript is presumably the second draft of Lecture
VI. Published in entirety (5.151-179) as "Three
types of Reasoning." Note on the cover reads;
"first 35 pages as delivered." See MS. 316
for the continuation of Lecture VI.
315. Lecture VII
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-1, pp. 1-48.
Published: 5.180-212 (pp. 1-21). The omitted pages concern
the three essentially different modes of reasoning
(deduction, induction, and abduction), with the pragmatic
maxim identified with the logic of abduction.
316. [Lectures on Pragmatism]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., [1903], pp. 44-60.
MS. 316 continues MS. 314, and was in fact delivered
as part of Lecture VI. What is the end of a term? Distinction
between term and rhema. The common noun, its late development
and restriction to a peculiar family of languages.
Term and index. Three truths necessary for the comprehension
of the merits of pragmatism: that all our ideas are
given to us in perceptual judgments; that perceptual
judgments contain elements of generality (so that Thirdness
is directly perceived); that the abductive faculty
is a shading off of that which at its peak is called
"perception." Pragmatism and the logic of
abduction.
* 316a. Multitude and Continuity
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903.
CSP notes that this is a "lecture to be delivered
. . . in Harvard University, 1903 May 15." This
lecture was delivered. See G-1903-1 and sup(1) G-1902-1.
PROPOSED ARTICLE ON PRAGMATISM FOR THE NATION
* 317. Topics of the Nation Article on Pragmatism (Topics)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-6, plus a variant p. 5
and a photostatic copy the original of which has been
catalogued separately (HUD 3570) and can be dated by
means of a letter from Paul E. More to CSP on the reverse
side. The original, without the letter, was published
in Philip P. Wiener's Evolution and the Founders of
Pragmatism, p. 21. The letter is dated March 24, 190[9].
A list of sixty-three topics, with page references and
the beginning of an "Index of Technical Terms."
318. Pragmatism (Prag)
A. MS., G-c.1907-1a and G-c.1907-1c, with no single,
consecutive, complete draft, but several partial drafts
end and are signed (Charles Santiago Sanders Peirce)
on pp. 34, 77, and 86.
An article in the form of a letter to the editor of
The Nation was published as follows: 5.11-13 (pp. 1-7);
5.464-496 (pp. 7-45 of one draft and pp. 46-87 of another;
the last two sentences of 5.481 were spliced by the
editors of the Collected Papers). Also published as
1.560-562 were pp. 20-27 of still another draft. Omitted
from publication: an analysis of James's definition
of "pragmatism" (pp. 10-13 of one of the
alternative sections). James's pragmatism again, followed
by a discussion of his own position; the two distinct
opponents of pragmatism (Absolutists and Positivistic
Nominalists); pragmatism and religion; law distinguished
from brute fast, not, as the nominalists would have
it, by being a product of the human mind, but, as the
realists assert, by being a real intellectual ingredient
of the universe; triadic predicates as always having
an intellectual basis, the evidence for which is inductive;
thoughts regarded as signs, with signs functioning
triadically; three kinds of interpretants emotional,
energetic, and logical; the distinction between association
and suggestion; the syllogism as an associative suggestion;
"corollarial" and "theoric" reasoning,
of which an example of theoric deduction is the "Ten
Point Theorem" of Van Standt (pp. 10-56 of a long
draft from which pp. 20-27 were published). The three
kinds of interpretants of signs; ultimate intellectual
interpretants; pragmatism and common sense, with the
meaning of critical common sense explained (pp. 43-59
of an alternative section of the long draft numbered
10-56 and described above). Kernel of pragmatism; concepts
equated with mental signs; the object and interpretant
of a sign distinguished; the problem of ultimate, or
"naked," meaning; existential meanings; the
meaning of an intellectual concept; qualities of feeling
as meanings of signs, where qualities are neither thoughts
nor existential events; the distinction between real
and immediate (as represented by a sign) object, with
immediate objects resembling emotional meaning and
real objects corresponding to existential meaning;
mathematical concepts as examples of logical meaning;
the relationship of logical meaning to desires and
habits (pp. 11-34 of another alternative section).
Object and interpretant (meaning); the different units
of interpretants (meanings); pragmatic definition and
a prediction that pragmatism will occupy the same position
in philosophy as the doctrine of limits occupies in
mathematics (pp. 14-25 of an alternative section of
the one described immediately above). Kernel of pragmatism;
theory of signs; by inference a sign first comes to
be recognized as such; the elementary modes of inference
(pp. 12-30 of an alternative section). The divisions
of geometry; a problem in topics; the Census Theorem
and Listing Numbers; the function of consciousness;
concepts and habits; the vulnerability of James and
Schiller arising from their (apparent) denial of infinity,
including an infinite Being (pp. 62-77 of still another
alternative section). An attempt to define "sign";
the sense in which utterer and interpreter are essential
to signs; the immediate and real objects of signs;
a brief note on the Census Theorem (pp. 12-90, with
the exception of pp. 46-87 which were published).
319. Pragmatism (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-17, with 5 pp. of variants.
An abandoned draft of a letter to the editor of The
Nation. After stating the purpose of the letter, CSP
discusses his philosophical ancestry and the Metaphysical
Club, of which he was a member in his youth. James's
position contrasted with his own. Application of the
pragmatic maxim to the problem of probability. Chance
and tychism.
320. Pragmatism (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-30, incomplete, with 8
pp. of variants.
Another abandoned draft. The membership of the Metaphysical
Club. Types of mind. Criticism of James's views on
pragmatism. Application of the pragmatic maxim to philosophical
questions involving chance and probability. Nominalism
as a perversion of pragmatism. Criticism of J. S. Mill's
attempt to eliminate necessity by regarding "law"
and "uniformity" as synonymous. Affirmation
of the reality of potentialities or capacities. Pragmatism
as a part of methodeutic; its connection with the experimental
method of the sciences. Critical Common-sensism.
321. Pragmatism (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-27, 24-30 but no continuous
draft, with 13 pp. Of variants.
Another abandoned draft. Notes invitation from The Nation
to clarify pragmatism. The ancestry of pragmatism.
The Metaphysical Club. Kant's nominalism explored.
The views of James, Schiller, and CSP compared. Thought
and signs. Experiences as the objects of signs, never
their meanings. Mathematical concepts as examples of
logical interpretants. How CSP was led to his formulation
of the pragmatic maxim. Application of the maxim to
the problem of ascertaining the meaning of probability.
322. (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 2-21, plus 3 pp. of variants.
Presumably another attempt at the article for The Nation.
Pragmatic tendencies discovered in Kant. Definitions
in Locke's Essay Concerning Human Understanding are
pragmatistic. Tinge of pragmatic thought in Aristotle
partly attributable to Socrates. Descartes is singled
out as being pragmatistically blind. Characterization
of some of the members of the Metaphysical Club, with
special praise for Chauncey Wright. What pragmatism
is and isn't. Pragmatism as a method of determining
meaning, not a doctrine of the truth of things. A comparison
of James's views on pragmatism with CSP's. Pragmatism
as a rule of methodeutic. One influence of pragmatism
upon metaphysics: bringing metaphysics more in line
with common sense than is usually the case. The metaphysical
position toward which pragmatism is favorably disposed
is conditional idealism (Berkeleyanism with some modifications).
Laplace and the notion of probability. Truth and error.
323. (Prag)
A. MS., G-c.1907-1b, pp. 2-12.
Apparently still another attempt at the article for
The Nation. Published, in part: 5.5-10. In the unpublished
part CSP writes of his "personal peculiarity,
which prompts him to struggle against every philosophical
opinion that has recommended itself to him before he
definitely surrenders himself to it," and hence
of his relative lack of bias in his discussions of
pragmatism.
324. (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1907], pp. 1-3, incomplete, plus another
draft of p. 1.
The Metaphysical Club, its members and its occasional
visitors, e.g., Abbot and Fiske. Misunderstanding of
the meaning of "pragmatism." Pragmatism is
not a metaphysical doctrine. "It does not relate
to what is true, but to what is meant." Alternative
p. 1.: The Metaphysical Club. Of those who attended
the meetings of the Club, CSP was the only one for
whom Kant had an appeal. The others were inspired by
the English philosophers.
MISCELLANEOUS
325. Pragmatism Made Easy (Prag)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-8.
A draft of a letter to the editor of the Sun. Associating
the personal names of the discoverers with the great
advances made in science is defended. The study of
scientific philosophy requires a religious spirit.
CSP's intellectual development. The Metaphysical Club.
Nicholas St. John Green, a member of the Club, brought
the doctrines of Bain to the attention of the other
members. The correlation of the traditional threefold
division of consciousness (feeling, volition, and cognition)
with the threefold division of logical predicates (predicates
connected with single subjects, two subjects, and more
than two subjects).
326. Some Applications of Pragmaticism (SAP)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-21; 5-10, 11-17; 2 pp. of
fragments.
Apparently a draft of a letter (see p. 13). Pages 1-21:
Wundt's psychology, as exemplifying a certain kind
of error in philosophy; Wundt's mistaken assumption
that philosophy must be based on the results of one
of the special sciences (which implies that there are
no immediately indubitable facts other than those which
the special sciences have uncovered); Wundt's contention
that philosophy requires the results of the special
sciences (or else its theories are generated from thin
air) is dismissed; Wundt's confusion of cenoscopy and
idioscopy. Pages 5-17: Wundt as scientist distinguished
from Wundt as philosopher; Wundt's success in science
contrasted with his failure in philosophy. The branches
of cenoscopy, the study of those facts familiar to
the whole world, and the pragmatistic variety of a
philosophy of common sense.
327. Why I Am A Pragmatist (OM)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-8.
The meaning of abstract ideas. It would seem that either
the ultimate intellectual purport of ideas conforms
to the pragmatist's program or these ideas are classified
with our instincts. CSP believes both to be the case.
The article itself begins with a sketch of the classification
of the sciences.
328. Sketch of Some Proposed Chapters on the Sect of
Philosophy Called Pragmatism
A. MS., notebook, G-c.1905-6.
Published, in part, as 1.126-129 (pp. 11-17). Unpublished
are the reasons why pragmatism ought to be investigated.
CSP came to the position of pragmatism through the
study of the following philosophers and in the order
noted here: Kant, Berkeley, the other English philosophers,
Aristotle, and finally the Scholastics. Whether the
principle of pragmatism is self-evident. The place
of philosophy among the sciences. The branches of philosophy.
Pragmatism and the question of the external world.
Deduction, induction and probability, and their justification.
329. Nichol's Cosmology and Pragmaticism (Carus)
A. MS., G-c.1904-3, pp. 1-6, 7 1/2-23, with parts of
several other drafts, but no continuous draft.
Nichol's book is used mainly as a point of departure
for CSP's own views. An early expression of the first
article of the Monist series of 1905-06 on pragmatism
(G-1905-1a). Published, in part, as 8.194-195 (pp.
12-15). Unpublished is a description of the experimentalist's
way of thinking. CSP's disagreement with Balfour on
the question of a physical reality unraveled in experiments
whether a belief in a non-experiential reality is
the unalterable faith of the scientist. Pragmatism,
pragmaticism, and common sense. Tin doubts, toy baby
scepticism. Meaning of a proper name. The pragmaticist's
use of the term "real." Generality as an
indispensible condition of reality. Generality and
its relationship both to evolution and to the summum
bonum. The pragmaticistic analysis of past and future.
330. The Argument for Pragmatism anachazomenally or
recessively stated
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet; plus 5 other folded
sheets which, although lacking a title or mark, seem
to be connected with the first.
The argument stated. A generalized habit of conduct
is the essence of a concept, i.e., its logical interpretant.
The problem of evil and CSP's solution: The evil passions
are evil only in the sense that they ought to be controlled,
but they are good as the only possible way that man
has to reach his full and normal development. The meaning
of "true" and "satisfactory"; the
relationship between the true and the satisfactory.
Hedonism rejected.
331. [Pragmatism and Pragmaticism]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
This manuscript may possibly be a draft of a letter
to The Nation. See note in the body of the manuscript
which reads: "Say, Garrison, was not Schiller
in Cornell at one time." Pragmatism, humanism,
and instrumentalism.
Whether the pragmatist's God must be finite. In CSP's
opinion, a finite God cannot satisfy human instincts.
Recommendation that the word "pragmatism"
be employed for the looser sense of the term's meaning
but that the word "pragmaticism" be retained
for the more precise meaning.
332. [Pragmatism, Experimentalism, and Mach]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
The true experimentalist is a pragmatist. Mach misses
the bull's-eye by holding that general thought has
no value other than its utility in economizing experience.
But, although he misses the bull's-eye, Mach does hit
the target.
333. [Fragments on the Fixation of Belief]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 29 pp., plus 3 pp. (numbered 80,
81, 86) of notes and 2 pp. Of a draft of 5.362-363.
The following information was supplied by Professor
Max H. Fisch: "Of the present contents of this
folder, some sequences of pages on the rag paper with
the watermark J. Whatman 1868 may be parts of the paper
read to the Metaphysical Club in November 1872. Others
are probably, indeed almost certainly, parts of The
Logic of 1873. The two slightly longer sheets of rag
paper contain two pages of a draft of 'The Fixation
of Belief,' probably of 1876 or 1877. The sheets of
wood pulp paper numbered 80, 81, 86, or at least pages
80 and 81, probably belong to some work of the 1890's
in which Peirce went over the same ground again."
In connection with the numbered pages, see MS. 1002.
It is of some interest to note that the earlier name
for the method of tenacity was "the method of
obstinacy," and instead of "authority,"
CSP employed the word "despotism."
334. The Fixation of Belief
Offprint from the Popular Science Monthly (G-1877-5a)
with inserts: "A" (5 pp.), "B"
(2 pp.), "C" (1 p.), "D" (pp. 1-3;
1-7), "E" (2 pp.), "F" (pp. 1-3;
1-7), "G" (2 pp.), "H" (2 pp.),
"N" (2 pp.), unmarked (3 pp.).
Changes are indicated both in the margins and in the
notes which were to be inserted in future editions
of his earlier work. There is a clear indication where
to insert some of the notes. With others (N, B, D,
F, G, H, and those pages which are unmarked), there
is no indication. The notes concern the fallibility
of thinking, especially in mathematics (A); the distinction
between definite and indefinite doubt, and the possibility
of a third attitude of calm ignorance, whether conscious
or unconscious, besides belief and doubt (C); the dependence
of the validity of pure mathematics and of logic upon
the validity of rational instinct, and the consequences
of this for evaluating the a priori method of fixing
belief (E); on Malthus and Darwin (B); the distinction
between assertion and proposition and between modal
propositions and the psychological modals "can"
and "would" (D); the improvement of the standards
of reasoning and the inward power of growth as reflected
in the development of the instinct of just reasoning,
with some remarks on Malthus and Darwin (F); the ultimate
appeal to instinctive feelings (G); Descartes' mythical
Eldorado of absolute certainty, and the attempt to
attain it by methodological scepticism (H); the development
of the intellect (N), and a preface to an essay on
logic and reasoning, with a digression on theology
(unmarked).
335. [Fragment on the Justification of Belief]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6; plus 4 pp. of another draft.
On absolute certainty: "We cannot attain absolute
certainty about anything whatever, unless it be either
that there are sundry seemings or something as vague
as that." The proposition twice two is four
fails as an example of perfect certainty.
336. Logic viewed as Semeiotics. Introduction. Number
2. Phaneroscopy
A. MS., notebook, G-c.1904-2.
Published, in part: 1.285-287; 1.304 (pp. 8-22). Unpublished
(pp. 1-8): Definition of "phaneron" as "anything
that can come before the mind in any sense whatever"
and an explanation of what it means to say "before
the mind."
337. Logic viewed as Semiotic. Introduction. Number
2. Phaneroscopy
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Distinction between "manifest" and "evident."
CSP claims the privilege of creating a new word, "phaneron,"
which is defined as "whatever is through-out its
entirety open to assured observation."
338. Phanerology
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p., unfinished Definition of "phaneron."
339. Logic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., November 12, 1865-November 1,
1909.
CSP kept this notebook from 1865 until his death, recording
in it (and dating) many of his investigations in their
first stages: "Here I write but never after read
what I have written for what I write is done in the
process of forming a conception." The sheets have
been ordered and numbered by Professor Don Roberts,
and a page by page index has been provided by him and
is kept with the notebook. Among the topics included
are: real definition, the categorical syllogism, intension
and extension, the logic of relatives, existential
graphs, collections, the theory of signs, induction
and hypothesis, the history of science, scepticism
and common sense, the nature of truth, liberty and
necessity.
UNIVERSITY LECTURES 1865
It is not certain that all the lectures listed below belong to the University Lecture Series or that the order in which they are noted in the catalogue is the order in which they were actually given in the spring of 1865. For instance, MS. 343 duplicates, without mentioning it, the content of 342. It is conceivable that MS. 343 is Lecture V of the 351 series. Again, MS. 345 and MS. 356 begin in the same way. It is conceivable that MS. 345 is a later draft of MS. 356.
340. Lecture I
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-2, 4-10 of one draft;
p. 4 of another draft (all are double pages).
Preface on the reforms of science, including reform
in logic. Plan of the lectures.
341. Lecture II
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-12 (double pages).
Problem of induction: logical or extra-logical? The
answer as suggested by Aristotle's views on induction.
Distinction between premises and conclusions, and between
data and inference. No induction by simple enumeration.
A posteriori reasoning distinguished from deduction
and induction. The three figures of a priori inference;
the three principles of inference a posteriori. For
an earlier draft of the first page, see MS. 765.
342. Lecture III
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], 33 pp.
Theories of probabilities (Doctrine of Chances). Most
of the lecture, however, concerns some peculiarities
of Boole's algebra. Brief discussions of the history
of logic and some sophism.
343. Lecture V
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], 36 pp.
The two kinds of scientific inference induction and
hypothesis differ from the syllogistic inference as
much as they do from each other. Nevertheless, the
three coordinate classes of reasoning are deduction,
induction, and hypothesis.
344. Lecture VI. Boole's Calculus of Logic (Boole)
A. MS., n.p., [1865-66], pp. 1-10, 11-14 (mostly double
pages).
Boole's work marks an epoch in the history of logic
"which in point of fruitfulness will rival that
of Aristotle's Organon."
345. Lecture VII
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], 34 pp., with 2 pp. of another
start.
This lecture begins the second half of the lecture series.
The definition of "logic." Kinds of logical
systems. All deductive reasoning is merely explicatory.
Direct and indirect implication. What a word denotes
and what it connotes. The sphere and the content of
a word. Extension and comprehension. Being (all breadth,
no depth) and Nothing (all depth, no breadth). Modification
of the law of the inverse proportionality of extension
and comprehension. The information of a term. On the
subject of induction and hypothesis, CSP writes of
the slight preponderance of true over false scientific
inferences, and he finds that the reason for this is
the vague tendency for the whole to be like any of
its parts, taken at random.
346. Lecture VIII. Forms of Induction and Hypothesis
(Forms)
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-14 (double pages).
The attempts to define "logic" suffer from
an admixture of logic, anthropology, and psychology.
Analysis of the triad of thing, representation, and
form. The three kinds of representations: signs, copies,
symbols. Conditions to which symbols are subject. The
relationship between the syllogism and scientific inference.
The proper form of induction. Induction and hypothesis
distinguished. Induction increases the extension of
subject; hypothesis increases the comprehension of
predicate. Moreover, induction discovers a law which
is a prohibition; hypothesis discovers a law which
is an imposition.
347. Lecture X. Grounds of Induction (Grounds)
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], 15 double pp. (with one double
p. missing); plus pp. 1-4, incomplete, entitled "Lecture
on the Grounds of Inference." Kinds of propositions:
denotative, informative, connotative. Relationship
of denotative, informative, connotative propositions
to propositions which are simple, enumerative, and
conjunctive. The peculiarities of the latter. The three
kinds of inference and their ground.
348. Lecture XI (XI)
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-16 (double pages).
Long recapitulation of the previous lecture. What is
the probability that an induction or hypothesis is
true? CSP concludes that the question is senseless
both from the viewpoint of the nature of propositions
and the nature of logic. Sundry comments on the views
of Sir William Hamilton.
* 348a. (Bacon)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., p. 7 and 1 p.
A lecture on Bacon was promised (see MS. 340). But only
two pages which may be part of that lecture have been
found.
349. Lecture on Kant (Kant)
A. MS., n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-14, with all but p. 12
being double pages.
Presumably the 12th lecture of the University Lecture
Series. "Every man who wishes to vindicate his
pretensions to philosophic power must display it by
the discovery of an error in Kant." Most usually
the critics of Kant have simply misunderstood him.
Examples of misunderstanding provided. A preliminary
study of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, treating such
topics as the A Priori, The Transcendental Esthetic
(the objective validity of the representations of space
and time), Kant on the nature of judgment.
350. Lecture on the Theories of Whewell, Mill, and Compte
(Whewell)
A. MS, n.p., [1864-65], pp. 1-14 (double pages).
Presumably part of the University Lecture Series. There
is a note that another lecture on Waddington, De Remusat,
Graty, and others was to follow this one. Several modern
theories of science treated as inseparable from the
metaphysics of their authors. For example, Whewell
is a Kantian. Comte is "helplessly restricted
to a simple intellectual view." Critisism of Mill's
logic, especially Mill's views on the ground of induction.
LOWELL LECTURES ON THE LOGIC OF SCIENCE 1866
351. Lecture I
A. MS., n.p., October 24, 1866, 39 pp.
The bad reputation of logic, with its endless controversies
between realism and nominalism. Among modern logicians,
CSP distinguishes the formal and the anthropological
logicians. Logic as a classificatory science. The traditional
syllogism, with a note that the second lecture would
be concerned with the hypothetical syllogism.
352. Lecture I
A. MS., n.p., 1866, 29 pp.
The nature of logic. Kinds of arguments. The moods and
figures of the categorical syllogism.
353. Lecture II
A. MS., n.p., October 27, 1866, 30 pp.
Continues MS. 351. On the hypothetical syllogism. Included
here is a discussion of Zeno's paradoxes as well as
a discussion of several sophisms.
354. Lecture III
A. MS., n.p., October 31, 1866, 31 pp.
Probability. Meaning of "likely" and "probable."
Boole's algebra. What is the justification of induction?
What are the common characters of inference in general?
CSP records and then criticises answers commonly given
to these questions by mathematicians and theologians.
* 355. Lecture IV
A. MS., G-1866-2a, November 3, 1866, 34 pp. (numbered
by an editor).
Published, in part, as 7.131-138 (pp. 27-32). Unpublished
is the recapitulation of previous lecture and J. S.
Mill's answer to the question of induction along with
CSP's criticism of that answer, especially Mill's notion
of the uniformity of nature.
356. Lecture VII
A. MS., n.p., delivered November 14, 1866, 6 pp.
This lecture begins the second half of the lecture series.
Extention and comprehension. Digression on the intellectual
superiority of Boston (CSP is pleased by the hearing
he has received during the first six lectures, especially,
as he says, on a subject as dry as logic). Role of
philosophy in America: A promise of things to come,
but as yet there is no American philosophy. Notes several
traits in the Yankee character which are conducive
to philosophizing.
357. Lecture IX
A. MS., n.p., [1866], 28 pp. and 8 pp. of different
drafts; plus a quotation from Herbart.
First sense impressions are not representations of unknown
things but those things themselves. Sensation and conception
as representations. Universal conceptions: Substance
and Being, with the intervening conceptions of Ground,
Correlate, and Interpretant. Quality, relation, and
representation. The three kinds of representations.
Icon, index, and symbol. Division of symbol into term,
proposition, and argument. Kinds of terms. Hamilton's
views considered. The classification of the sciences.
* 358. Lecture X
A. MS., n.p., [1866-67], 3 pp. (fragmentary).
All cognition is inferred from some other cognition,
i.e., there is no first premise or intuition. Some
consequences of this view.
359. Lecture XI
A. MS., G-1866-2a, 29 pp. (page numbers supplied by
an editor).
Published, in part, as 7.579-596 (pp. 1-22, with a single
deletion). Unpublished (pp. 22-29): Symbols and the
trinity of object, interpretant, and ground. Agreement
between this trinity and the Christian Trinity. The
interpretant is the Divine Logos. "If our former
guess that a Reference to an interpretant is Paternity
be right, this would also be the Son of God."
The ground corresponds in its function to the Holy
Spirit. A discussion of philosophical tendencies in
children terminates with the conclusion that the peculiar
differences of men are philosophical differences.
LOGIC OF 1873
360. Chapter I
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, 3 pp. of fragments.
7.315, 7.315n5, and 7.316 are from these pages.
361. Chapter I (Enlarged Abstract)
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, 2 pp.
Published in entirety: 7.313-314.
362. Chapter I (Enlarge Abstract)
A. MS., n. p., [c.1873], 1 p.
363. [Fragment]
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, 1 p.
Published, in part: 7.314n4.
364. Logic. Chapter 2. Of Inquiry
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, 1 p., incomplete; plus 9 pp. of
another draft and 5 loose sheets.
Only the draft of 9 pp. was published: 7.317-325.
365. Chapter 2
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], pp. 1, 4.
The end or purpose of inquiry is to close inquiry; its
end is not its own exercise. The spirit of disputatiousness
is best promoted by practical applications of reason.
366. Logic. Chapter 3. Four Methods of Settling Opinion
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], p. 1, incomplete.
367. Logic. Chap. 4. Of Reality
Amanuensis, corrections in CSP's hand, G-c.1873-1, pp.
1-23.
Published, in part as 7.327-335 (pp. 1-17) Unpublished:
reality and the final opinion upon which men are destined
to agree. Reality is that thought with which we struggle
to have our thoughts coincide. It can mean nothing
at all to say that, in addition, some other reality
exists.
368. Chapt. 4 (2nd Draft)
Amanuensis, corrections in CSP's hand, n.p., [c.1873],
pp. 1-7.
Thought is regarded as a stream governed by the law
of association. Independent reality is placed either
at the beginning or the end of the stream. The law
of association cannot account for the coherence and
harmony of experience. Distinction between dreams and
external experience.
369. Logic. Chap 4 ( ____ draft)
Amanuensis, G-c.1873-1, pp. 1-6.
Published, in part, as 7.326 (pp. 1-3). Unpublished:
reflections on feeling. The relationship of feeling
to other feelings is such that, apart from succession
in time, there are no relationships. Every feeling
in itself is unanalyzable and absolutely simple.
370. [Chapter 4. Of Reality]
Amanuensis, G-c.1873-1, 11 pp.
Published in entirety: 7.336-345.
371. Logic. Chapter IV. Of Reality
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 18 pp. of fragments.
Investigation consists of two parts: reasoning and observation.
The confusion between thought as an operation of thinking
and thought as an object. Belief and the habitual connection
of ideas, with belief and habit of thought being one
and same thing. Fixation of belief. No genuine doubt
attaches to the scientific method of fixing belief,
just as no genuine doubt can attach to the belief in
real things.
372. Logic. Chapter IV. Of Reality
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 14 pp.
Investigation involves both observation and reasoning.
Reasoning as beginning with the most obvious premises
and leading ultimately to one conclusion. Reality must
be connected with this chain of reasoning at one extremity
or the other. Nominalistic and realistic views of reality.
The scientific presentation of the doctrines of logic
requires the identity of the object of true knowledge
with reality. The existence of things (as studied by
physicists) depends upon their manifestability. Extending
this conception to all real existence leads to an idealistic
theory of metaphysics, once it is clearly understood
that observation and reasoning are perpetually leading
us toward certain final opinions whose objects may
be said to have real existence.
373. Of Reality
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, pp. 1-20.
Published, in part, as 7.331n9 (p. 2) and 7.313n3 (pp.
8-9). Unpublished: investigation as involving both
observation and inference, and ultimately the agreement
of all investigators. How the conception of mind is
acquired. Refutation of the claim that no distinction
can be drawn between knowing and knowing that one knows.
Does the mind have a direct experience of its own existence
from the moment it is first conscious of anything?
Signs and cognitions.
374. On Reality A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 4 pp.
What is the meaning of reality? To answer this question
requires an answer to the question of meaning in general.
As a start CSP asks whether a feeling can be said to
have meaning. An analysis of feeling reveals its complexity.
375. On Reality
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 1 p.
The notion of nothing. Absurdity and unreality are two
distinct cases of nothing.
376. [Time and Thought]
Amanuensis, G-c.1873-1, March 6, 1873, pp. 1-9.
Published in entirety: 7.346-353.
377. [Time and Thought]
Amanuensis, n.p., March 8, 1873, pp. 1-9.
Temporal succession of ideas as continuous. Definition
of "continuum" as "something any part
of which itself has parts of the same kind." Cf.
MS. 376.
378. Logic. Chap. 5th
Amanuensis, G-c.1873-1, March 10, [1873], 6 pp.
Published in entirety: 7.354-357.
379. Logic. Chap. 6th
Amanuensis, G-c.1873-1, March 10, 1873, pp. 1-10; plus
an exact copy (pp. 1-8) in another hand [Zina Fay Peirce?].
Published (pp. 5-6) as 7.336n Omitted from publication:
the three elements of signs. The nature of the causal
connection between a thought and the thing to which
it is related. Reality and figment: Reality is the
most general of expressions (even a figment is a reality
when considered in itself and not as the representation
of something else). What is real or what exists must
be an object of thought, because it is impossible to
have a conception of anything which is not an object
of thought. That is, the attempt to discover a word
which expresses a thing that exists without, at the
same time, implying that that thing is a possible object
of thought results in a contradictory (or meaningless)
expression.
380. Logic. Chap. 7. Of Logic as a Study of Signs
Amanuensis, n.p., March 14, 1873, 4 pp.
The three conditions for the existence of a sign.
381. On the Nature of Signs
Amanuensis, n.p., 6 pp. and 7 pp. of two drafts.
The six-page manuscript: the three conditions for the
existence of a sign The seven-page manuscript: Kant's
Categories of the Understanding; Medieval logic and
the division of conceptions into first and second intentions;
the threefold division of representation and terms.
382. Logic. Chap. 9th
Amanuensis, n.p., March 15, 1873, 12 pp.
Ambiguity and indeterminacy. Principles of formal logic.
Equiparence of the copula.
383. Chap. X. The Copula and Simple Syllogism
Amanuensis, n.p., [C.1873], 6 pp.
All reasoning is reducible to syllogistic form and is
dependent upon the transitive character of the copula.
Formal properties of the copula.
384. Chap. XI. On Logical Breadth and Depth
Amanuensis, n.p., [C1873], 9 pp.
First and second intentions. "Breadth" and
"depth" defined. Also defined "informed
breadth" and "informed depth." A distinction
is made between essential and substantial breadth and
depth.
385. Logic Chapter. The List of Categories
A. MS., n.p., [C.1873], 2 pp.
Reality and Being distinguished. Doubt involves something
fixed and something vague. The thing about which we
doubt is fixed; what is in doubt about the thing is
vague.
386. Chap. VIII. Of the Copula
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 3 pp., plus another page with
the same title.
The properties of the copula summarized.
387. Chap. IX. Of Relative Terms
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 8 pp.
A study of the properties of individuals, i.e., the
properties individuals would possess if they existed.
General relative terms. Logic as the science of identity.
388. On Representations
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], 3 pp.
"Representation" defined. The three things
essential for having representation.
389. On Representation
Amanuensis, corrected by CSP, n.p., [c.1873], 10 pp.
The three things which are essential for representation:
Representation must have qualities independent of its
meaning, it must have real causal connection to its
object, and it must address itself to some mind.
390. Chapter IV. The Conception of Time essential in
Logic
A. MS., n.p., July 1, 1873, 4 pp.
The conception of a logical mind presupposes a temporal
sequence among ideas, for every mind which passes from
doubt to belief involves ideas which follow one another
in time. The flow of time is not by discrete steps,
but is continuous. "Continuum" defined.
391. Chapter IV. The Conception of Time essential in
Logic
A. MS., n.p., July 2, 1873, 8 pp.
MS. 391 is an expanded version of MS. 390.
392. Chapter V. That the significance of thought lies
in its reference to the future
A. MS., G-c.1873-1, 4 pp.
Published in entirety: 7.358-361.
393. (Pract. Logic, Lect. Logic)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Opinions tend toward ultimate settlement. The proposition
that there is some reality which determines opinions
but does not depend upon them admits of two interpretations,
but on either interpretation, the real is ideal. Reality
and actualities.
394. Memorandum. Probable Subjects to be Treated of
Amanuensis, n.p., n.d., 1 p.
395. Third Lecture
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
The question, What is thought? can only be answered
by means of thought.
396. [Fragments]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 13 pp.
Among the topics treated here are the following: relative
and absolute terms; negation; the syllogism; cognition
and inconceivability; thought and signs; feelings,
the continuum of feelings, and time.
GRAND LOGIC 1893
("How to Reason: A Critick of Arguments")
*397. How to Reason: A Critick of Arguments. Advertisement
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 1-12.
Only the 1st paragraph of p. 1 was published: Collected
Papers, Vol. 8, p. 278. Unpublished: a general summary
of CSP's work in philosophy and logic, along with a
short account of the significance of his efforts in
logic, and a discussion of continuity as ubiquitous
mediation.
398. [How to Reason: A Critick of Arguments. Advertisement]
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 1-11.
Only the last 4 paragraphs (pp. 10-11) published: Collected
Papers, Vol. 8, pp. 278-279. Unpublished: a summary
of CSP's work in philosophy and logic which is more
detailed than the one found in MS. 397. Other subjects
dealt with but not published are the analysis of propositions,
the statistical syllogism, the conception of quantity
and continuity, and the realism-nominalism issue.
399. How to Reason: A Critick of Arguments. Contents
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 1-3, with variants.
Pages 2-3 published: Collected Papers, Vol. 8, pp. 279-280.
Only the title page was omitted.
400. Book I. Of Reasoning in General. Introduction.
The Association of Ideas
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 9-83, 17-19; plus two drafts (5
pp.) of "contents."
Published in part as 7.388-450, except 392n7. Unpublished:
pp. 14-51, with exception of proposition 3 on p. 23
which was published as 7.417n21. History of the doctrine
of association which begins with Aristotle and continues
with the English writers of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries, e.g., Digby, Locke, Hume, Hartley, Gay,
among others, and the nineteenth-century English, German,
and American thinkers, e.g., James Mill, Hamilton,
Bain, Lewes, James, Herbart, Wundt. "Notwithstanding
the writer's realism and realistic idealism, and consequent
high appreciation of Schelling, Hegel, and others,
and respect for German industry, he cannot but regard
the English work in philosophy as far more valuable
and English logic as infinitely sounder."
401. Book I. Logic in General. Introduction. The Association
of Ideas
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 9-11, incomplete.
402. The Association of Ideas
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 2-13, with p. 3 missing.
The Principles of Association: the general rules in
accordance with which one idea has a tendency to suggest
another. Page 11 begins a Chapter II, which sets out
to deal with the problem of time, memory, and experience.
403. Division I. Formal Study of General Logic. Chapter
I. The Categories
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 16-29.
Association of ideas. Process of unification (the blending
and spreading of ideas). Distinguishable grades in
the process of unification. The conception of the present.
Being and substance. The passage from being to substance
is mediated by accident, whose threefold nature includes
quality, relation, and representation. Quality is Firstness;
relation, Secondness; representation, Thirdness. Primary
qualities and feelings. Phenomenalism and the relativity
of knowledge. The two great genera of relations: those
whose ground is prescindible and those whose ground
is not. Precision, or abstraction, distin-guished from
other modes of mental separation, e.g., discrimination
and dissociation. Compare with "On a New List
of Categories" [PAAAS series on logic (1867)].
See G-1867-1a.
404. The Art of Reasoning. Chapter II. What is a Sign?
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 31-46 (pp. 34, 42 missing).
Published, in part, as 2.281 (pp. 35-36), 2.285 (p.
41), 2.297-302 (pp. 43-45). Unpublished: reasoning
as an interpretation of signs of some kind; the three
different states of mind feeling, reacting, thinking
(pp. 31-34). Indices and icons (pp. 37-40). Reasoning
as requiring a mixture of likenesses, indices, and
symbols (p. 46).
405. Division II. Transcendental Logic. Chapter III.
The Materialistic Aspect of Reasoning
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 47-54.
Published in entirety as 6.278-286.
406. Chapter IV. What is the Use of Consciousness?
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 55-58.
Published in entirety as 7.559-564.
407. Chapter V. The Fixation of Belief
A. MS. (and TS.), n.p., 1893, pp. 59-84; plus 1 p. ("Chapter
IV. The Fixation of Belief").
A version of the article bearing the same title first
published in the Popular Science Monthly (1877), as
the first in a series of articles appearing under the
general title "Illustrations of the Logic of Science."
The original article of 1877 was published in the Collected
Papers as 5.358-387, except 358n*, with revisions and
notes of 1893, 1903, and c.1910. See G-1877-5a.
408. Division III. Substantial Study of Logic Chapter
VI. The Essence of Reasoning
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 85-180 (p. 163 missing) and a
variant p. 85.
Published, in part, in two places: 4.21-52 (pp. 89-146,
with deletions) and 7.463-467 (pp. 168-173). Unpublished:
the early history and literature of logic (pp. 85-88).
Experience, reality, and belief-habits; the inner and
outer world of man's experience; the law of association
and its principles (pp. 147-165).
409. Division III. Substantial Study of Logic. Chapter
VI. The Essence of Reasoning
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 85-141 (pp. sog, 130 missing),
with 8 pp. of variants.
Published, in part, as 4.53-56 (but not all of 56) and
4.61-79 (pp. 91-141, with deletions). The unpublished
pages concern terminology mainly: term, concept, proposition,
judgment, argument, and the operation of naming. As
an aside, CSP's low opinion of the logical powers of
the Germans.
410. Book II. Introductory. Chapter VII. Analysis of
Propositions
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 1-18; 1-19 (of a secretary's
inaccurate copy).
Why should one want to reason? Reason versus instinct.
Reasoning well requires an understanding of the theory
of reasoning. The vocabulary of logic. Categorical
and hypothetical propositions. "Every mother loves
some child of hers" represented graphically. Nominalism
and realism. Conjunctives.
411. Division I. Stecheology. Part I. Non Relative.
Chapter VIII. The Algebra of the Copula
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 171-234.
Material Implication. CSP introduces a new symbol -|
for the (his) symbol -<. All algebra based on simple
definition of -|. On the infinite series of logical
terms (logically necessary consequences). Five types
of logical propositions. The crocodile paradox (dilemmatic
reasoning). CSP regards logical algebra as important
as an instrument for logical analysis, but of no great
importance as calculus. Rules of logical aggregation
and composition.
412. Division I. Stecheology. Part I. Non Relative.
Chapter VIII. The Algebra of the Copula
Amanuensis, n.p.. 1893, pp. 20-84.
Second draft of MS. 411, but with no substantial changes.
413. Chapter IX. The Aristotelian Syllogistic
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 211-285.
Published, in part, as 2.445-460 (pp. 211-232, with
deletions). Unpublished are CSP's comments on the contributions
to philosophy of Hamilton, Kant, DeMorgan, and Aristotle
as logicians. Importance of the syllogism, especially
of the figures, in probable inference. The reduction
of syllogistic forms. Natural classification of the
moods. Formal fallacies, e.g., ignoratio elenchi and
petitio principii. Semi-material fallacies, e.g., fallacies
of ambiguity and erroneous particularization.
414. Chapter X. Extension of the Aristotelian Syllogistic
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 286-296.
Published as 2.532-535 with only the quotations from
Hamilton on pp. 291-293 deleted.
415. De Morgan's Propositional Scheme
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 297-313.
CSP improves upon De Morgan's system by expanding it
and giving it graphical representation. De Morgan's
views on modal logic and Christine Ladd-Franklin's
scheme (from Studies in Logic, by Members of the Johns
Hopkins University) examined. Also examined are Gilman's
views on spurious propositions.
416. On a Limited Universe of Marks
A. MS., G-1893-5 and G-1883-7c, pp. 314-325.
This manuscript is a rewritten version of one of CSP's
contributions (Note A: "Extension of the Aristotelian
Syllogistic") to Studies in Logic, By Members
of the Johns Hopkins University (edited by C. S. Peirce),
1883. What was published (2.517-531) is the 1883 "note,"
as rewritten in 1893 for Chapter X of the Grand Logic.
The difference between the two papers is not substantial.
417. Chapter XI. The Boolian Calculus
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 326-349.
Defense of "or" as allowing for "and."
Definition of material implication. Examples from Mrs.
Ladd-Franklin (in Studies in Logic). Compare with "On
the Algebra of Logic: A Contribution to the Philosophy
of Notation"
(G- 1885-3) .
418. Book II. Division I. Part 2. Logic of Relatives.
Chapter XII. The Algebra of Relatives
A. MS., n.p., 1893, pp. 350-372.
"If I have made any substantial improvement in
logic, it is in the discovery of this manner of dealing
with the imperfections of Boolians." Exhibiting
and remedying imperfections of the Boolean calculus.
Logic of relations, which, CSP says, he brought to
essential completion in 1885 (G-1885-3). First and
second intentional logic. Machines which are capable
of solving problems in non-relative Boolean algebra,
with an examination of the performance of one of them
(Allan Marquand's, as reported in the Proceedings of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, XXI. 303).
419. Chapter XIII. Simplification for Dual Relatives
A. MS., G-1893-5 and G-1883-7d, pp. 373-389, with a
note that p. 376 was "struck out."
This manuscript is substantially the same as one of the contributions
(Note B: "The Logic of Relatives") to the Johns Hopkins Studies
in Logic. What was published (3-328-358) is the 1883 "note,"
with a marginal note and indications of the revisions of 1893 for the
Grand Logic. New symbolism is introduced. Relatives are developed
without 
or 
.
420. Chapter XIV. Second Intentional Logic
A. MS., G-1893-5, pp. 390-394.
Published in entirety as 4.80-84.
421. Division II. Methodology. Chapter XV. Breadth and
Depth
A. MS., G-1893-5 and G-1867-1e, pp. 395-438.
What was published (2.391-426) is "Upon Logical
Comprehension and Extension" of Proceedings of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. 7,
November 3, 1867, with the revisions of c.1870 and
1893. What was published as 2.427-430 is a supplement
entitled "Terminology" (G-1893-7). In addition
to being Chapter XV of the Grand Logic, this manuscript
was also intended as Essay III of the Search for a
Method (1893).
* 422. Methodology. The Doctrine of Definition and Division.
Chapter XVI. Clearness of Apprehension
TS, G-1893-5 and G-1877-5b, pp. 439-452; A. MS., pp.
453-456, which continues 452 of TS.
What was published as 5.388-410 is the essay "How
to Make our Ideas Clear" (Popular Science Monthly,
Vol. 12, pp. 286-302, 1878), with the additions of
1893.
423. Book III. Quantitative Logic. Chapter XVII. The
Logic of Quantity
A. MS, G-1893-5, pp. 1-124 (pp. 2, 102-103 missing);
plus a complete and corrected copy of 125 pp., neither
the copy nor the corrections in CSP's hand.
Published, in part, as 4.85-152 (pp. 1-125, with omissions
and with a marginal note).
424. Chapter XVIII. The Doctrine of Chances
TS., G-1893-5 and G-1877-5c, pp. 581-591.
What was published as 2.645-660 is the third article
of the series "Illustrations of the Logic of Science"
(Popular Science Monthly, Vol. 12, pp. 604-15, 1878),
with corrections of 1893 and a note of 1910.
Minute Logic 1902-03
425. Minute Logic, Chapter I. Intended Characters of
this Treatise (Logic)
A. MS., G-c.1902-2, pp. 1-170, with variants and a typewritten
copy which differs only slightly from the original;
pp. 1-50, with variants, of an incomplete first draft.
Publication (2.1-118) is from CSP's typewritten copy,
with a few omissions consisting of repetitions and
asides.
426. Chapter II. Prelogical Notions. Section I. Classification
of the Sciences (Logic II)
A. MS., n.p., February 13, 1902, pp. 1-41, with 1l pp.
of variants.
An earlier draft of MS. 427.
427. Chapter II. Prelogical Notions. Section I. Classification
of the Sciences (Logic II)
A. MS., G-c.1902-2, begun February 20, 1902, pp. 1-291,
with nearly 200 pp. Of variants; pp. 97-125, 190-192,
196-197, 244, 271-273 from alternative drafts.
A later draft of MS. 426. Published, in part, as 1.203-283
(pp. 1-123, with omissions), 7.374n10 (pp. 125-127),
7.279 (pp. 140-142), 7.362-363 and 7.366-385 (pp. 192-242).
From the alternative drafts, pp. 190-192, 196-197,
271-273 were published as 7.364, 7.365, and 7.386-387
respectively. Omitted from publication are the following:
notions of family, genus, species; dynamics as a suborder
of Nomological Physics; statics; theories of the constitution
of matter and nature; hydrodynamics; dynamics of a
particle and of rigid bodies; subfamilies of rigid
dynamics; molar, molecular, and ethereal physics; cross-classification;
subdivision of special nomological physiognosy; crystallography;
"diagrammatic" history of astronomy; minerology;
chemistry; the natural metric system; suborders of
physiotaxy; families of natural history; genera of
biology; physiography; physiognosy; genera and species
of astronomy; geognosy. From alternative drafts, the
following were omitted: the Genus language; classifications
of language; races of mankind and the origin of the
white race; resemblances between Polynesian and Semitic
languages; the question of a common linguistic ancestor;
Basque; agglutinative speech.
428. Chapter II. Section II. Why Study Logic? (Logic
II, ii)
A. MS., G-c.1902-2, pp. 1-128, with 33 pp. of variants.
The second page is dated April 28, 1902; the hundred
and second page, April 3o, 1902. Published in entirety
as 2.119-202.
429. Chapter III. The Simplest Mathematics
TS., for most part, G-c.1902-2, pp. 1-127.
Published as 4.227-323, with historical notes on signs
and several theorems in algebra and logic omitted.
430. Chapter III. The Simplest Mathematics (Logic III)
A. MS., n.p., 1902, pp. 2-108 (p. 9 is missing), with
many rewritten sections.
Some of the pages of this manuscript are dated; page
4, for instance, is dated January 2, 1902. On postulates
(footnote on the corruption of Euclid's text and the
confusion between "axioms" and "postulates").
Principles of contradiction and of excluded middle.
The development of Boole's logical algebra. Logical
depth and breadth. Composition and aggregation: De
Morgan and Jevons. Beginning with generals, logic requires
notion of inference; its primary aim is criticism of
inference. Definition of an "individual."
Confusion of collective identity with individual identity.
Algebra of the copula of inclu-sion. The meaning of
the mathematical "is." Algebraical consequence:
constituents of a consequence; standard and potential
constituents; proximates of a consequence. Scriptibility.
The "vital" definitions of the algebra. Distinction
between collective and distributive applicability of
a disjunction to "v." The distinction between
several and joint applicability to "v." Close
and loose combinations and their denial. Definition
of the generalized copula of inclusion in five clauses.
Theorems and rules of the algebra. In the alternative
sections: existential graphs (pp. 14-68); explanation
of CSP's notation for Boolean algebra (pp. 35-45);
algebra of the copula, formal definitions of "if,"
"and," "or," employed in defining
; and more on consequence (pp. 56-76)
431. Chapter III. The Simplest Mathematics (Logic III)
A. MS., n.p., 1902, pp. 2-200 (p. 199 missing), including
long alternative or rejected efforts.
Page 37 is dated January 5, 1902; another page, January
28, 1902. Two definitions of "mathematics"
analyzed: (a) mathematics as the method of drawing
necessary conclusions, and (b) mathematics as the study
of the hypothetical states of things. Mathematics does
not require ethics; logic does, however. Preliminary
dissection of mathematics into several branches. The
important rules, theorems, and demonstrations of dichotomic
mathematics. Simplest mathematics is a two-valued system,
but even though its subject is limited, it does enter
as an element into the other parts of mathematics,
and hence is important. In regard to trichotomic mathematics,
it is asked, "how is the mathematician to take
a step without recognizing the duality of truth and
falsity?" Fundamental fact about the number three
is its generative potency. Philosophical truth has
its origin and rationale in mathematics. A chemical
analogy. In one of the alternative sections, there
is a lengthy account of CSP's dispute with Sylvester
over who should receive credit for discovering the
system of nonions.
432. Chapter IV. Ethics (Logic IV)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1902], pp. 1-8.
The start of a first draft. Moral virtues required in
performing inductions. What constitutes a normative
question? Pure ethics philosophical ethics regarded
as a pre-normative science but of vital importance
to the student of logic. Truth and reality.
433. Chapter IV. Ethics (Logic IV)
A. MS., G-c.1902-2, pp. 1-21.
Published in entirety as 1.575-584.
434. Chapter IV. Ethics (Logic IV)
A. MS., G-1902-2, pp. 12-234 (p. 12 follows the first
eleven pages of MS. 433).
Published, in part, as 6.349-352 (pp. 20X-220). Unpublished:
long footnote on the term "conscience," leading
to eight rules having to do with the ethics of terminology
and the governing of philosophical terminology. CSP
proposes to list and examine twenty-eight conceptions
or classes of supposed goods, e.g., the desirable in
itself, but only gets as far as the fifteenth (all
were taken from Greek philosophy, with Plato's conception
of the ultimate good to have formed the basis of the
fifteenth conception). At this point in the manuscript
a long digression occurs which continues to the close.
The digression concerns disputed points of Plato's
life. In this connection, there is considerable material
on the chronological order of the Platonic Dialogues
as well as on Lutoslawski's researches. Sophistries
in the Sophist, but Plato's definition of being as
power approved. Various comments on the Politicus and
Timaeus. For CSP, Plato's strength lies in his ethics,
not in his metaphysics and logic.
DETACHED IDEAS ON VITALLY IMPORTANT TOPICS
435. On Detached Ideas in General, and on Vitally Important
Topics as Such (1898)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-35.
Lecture I: published as 1.649-677, with omissions. Discourse
on admirable and contemptible qualities. The qualities
most admired, e.g., devotion and courage, are instinctual;
the contemptible qualities derive from reasoning. The
origin and influence of the "mechanical philosophy."
"But it is one of the great virtues of scientific
method that the scientist need not be a deep thinker
or even a cultivated mind .... Men of this sort believe
in the mechanical philosophy."
436.Lecture I (1898)
A. MS., n.p., 1898, pp. 1-34 (pp. 6-9, X 3, 15-26, 30,
33 missing).
Reason and instinct. The wise man in matters of greatest
importance will follow, not his reason, but his heart.
Reason and religion. The contention that metaphysics
is a guide for the soul is humbug. Moreover, the talent
for reasoning is as uncommon as the talent for music,
and the cultivation of the first requires a greater
effort with fewer immediate rewards. CSP's bitterness
is not easily restrained. He advises against philosophy
as a career, shows his disdain of Harvard gentlemen
and of publishers who refuse to publish treatises on
logic on the ground that the author is not a university
professor and that the work would not pay for itself.
437. Philosophy and the Conduct of Life (PL)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-31.
Lecture I: published, in part, as 1.616-648 (pp. 1-16,
30-31). Unpublished material on the classification
of the sciences and on the fact that every science
grows into a more abstract science, one step higher
on the classificatory scale. Asides on Plato.
438. Detached Ideas on Vitally Important Topics. Lecture
II (TVI II)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-23, incomplete, with 3 loose
sheets (notes for lecture).
Selection published: 4.1-5. Deleted: pp. 1-4, 11-17,
18-22 on the relationship between philosophy and mathematics
and between philosophy and the exact sciences, on the
gross abuse of the word "realism," on the
Peircean categories and the logic of relatives. CSP
offers an explanation (suggested by a theorem of the
logic of relatives that no polyads higher than triads
are required to express all relations) of why his list
of categories is complete. Co-discoverer, with De Morgan,
of the logic of relatives, CSP introduces the reader
to that logic by means of existential graphs.
439. Detached Ideas continued and the Dispute between
Nominalists and Realists (NR)
A. MS., n.p., 1898, pp. 1-35, with a variant p. 24.
Peircean categories of Firstness, Secondness, Thirdness.
The system of graphs is a consequence of CSP's study
of the categories. Logic of relatives and the notion
of generality (universality). The continuum as the
true universal. Kant on continua. The question of reality.
The nominalist-realist controversy. The tendency to
think of nature as syllogizing, even on the part of
the mechanist. But nature also makes inductions and
retroductions. Infinite variety of nature testifies
to her originality (or power of retroduction). That
continuity is real and the significance of this fact
for a philosophy of life. CSP's extreme realism lies
in his acceptance of the view "that every true
universal, every continuum, is a living and conscious
being." On page 28, there is a marginal note signed
"WJ" (William James?): "This is too
abrupt along here. Should be more mediated to the common
mind."
440. Detached Ideas. Induction, Deduction, and Hypothesis
(DI)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-37 (pp. 9-12 missing), plus
15 pp. of variants.
Only the four rules given on pp. 4-7 published as 7.494n9.
The remainder concerns scientific and philosophic terminology,
modern science and realism (the abuse of the term "realism"),
the history of the discovery of the logic of relatives,
the relationship of induction and retroduction to the
syllogistic figures (induction as probable inference
in the third figure; retroduction as probable inference
in the second figure). A marginal note by "WJ"
on p. 25.
441. Types of Reasoning (Ty)
A. MS., n.p., 1898, pp. 1-31 (p. 10 missing).
The relationship between logic and metaphysics. In order
to enliven his lectures, CSP mentions his early interest
in philosophy, and writes of the development of his
thinking about logic. The controversy beween Philo
and Diodorus. Scholastic doctrine of Consequentia.
Hypothetical and categorical propositions and their
logical equivalence. Induction, deduction, retroduction
and the syllogistic forms. Induction as probable reasoning
in the third figure.
442. The First Rule of Logic (FRL)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-38, with 3 pp. of variants.
Published as 5.574-589, with omissions. Omitted were
pp. 13, 18, 22-24, 36-38 on Alexandre Dumas (CSP's
attitude somewhat disparaging), pure mathematics, and
the notion that truth is ambiguous, e.g., that a proposition
might be true in religion but false in philosophy.
The theoretical and practical sense of ''holding for
true."
* 443. Causation and Force (TC)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 1-35, plus discarded pp. 13-15,
13-14, 20, 28, and 2 pp. with the titles "Time
and Causation" (TC) and "Time and Causality."
Published in three places in the following order: 6.66-81;
7.518-523; 6.82-72. Only the introductory first paragraph
was deleted.
444. Training in Reasoning (R)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 19.
MSS. 444 and 445 published, with deletions and pages
missing, under the title "Training in Reasoning,"
The Hound and Horn 2 (July-September 1929), 398-416.
Common or liberal education and the art of reasoning.
The three mental operations carried on in reasoning:
observation, experimentation, and habituation (the
power of taking on or discarding habit).
445. Training in Reasoning (TR)
A. MS., G-1898-1, pp. 17-39, plus 5 pp. of variants.
A discussion of the several kinds of observation and
experimentation. Introspection. The categories connected
with the three mental operations of feeling, willing,
reasoning. The commonest fallacies in retroduction,
deduction, and induction.
446. [Notes]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1898], pp. 1-7.
Possibly for the lecture on "Causation and Force."
See MS. 443.
LOWELL LECTURES 1903
447. [Lecture I]
A. MS., n.p., 1903, pp. 1-2, incomplete, (from a notebook).
The beginning of an historical introduction to the subject
of reasoning. Scientific form given to logic by Aristotle.
448. [Lecture I]
A. MS,. notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 1-48.
Published as 1.591-610, with omissions. Unpublished:
Present day science suffers from a malady whose source
is an argument based on the notion of a "logisches
Gef,hl" as the means of determining whether reasoning
is sound and whose conclusion is that there is no distinction
between good and bad reasoning. This argument parallels
another whose conclusion is that there is no distinction
between good and bad conduct (pp. 1-12). Criticism
of the defendant arguments and their premises that
it is unthinkable that a conclusion be found acceptable
for any other reason than a feeling of logicality and
that a line of conduct be adopted for any other motive
than a feeling of pleasure (pp. 33-48).
449. [Lecture I]
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 37-61.
Published, in part, as 1.611-615 and 8.176 (except 176n3)
(pp. 37-49 and 51-53). Unpublished: criticism of Sigwart
and the notion of "logisches Gef,hl." Logic
embraces methodeutic, critic, and the doctrine of signs
(speculative grammar), with the ultimate purpose of
the logician being the working out of a theory regarding
the advancement of knowledge. Speculative grammar is
neither psychology nor epistemology. Erkenntnislehre
is mainly metaphysics. CSP agrees with those metaphysicians
who insist that metaphysics must rest upon logic.
450. [Lecture I]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-26.
Improvement in reasoning requires, first of all, a study
of deduction. For this, an unambiguous and simple system
of expression is needed. The system in which reasoning
is broken up into its smallest fragments by means of
diagrams is the system of existential graphs, which
CSP goes on to develop in terms of fourteen conventions.
451. [Lecture I]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-21.
Refutation of the view that there is no distinction
between good and bad reasoning or, for that matter,
good and bad conduct, because in both cases the distinction
rests on feeling which, in turn, rests upon a confusion
of the pleasure afforded by the inference with the
approval of it.
452. [Lecture I]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-14.
The purpose of logic; the division of logic into speculative
grammar, critic, and methodeutic. Why "methodeutic"
as a name is preferred to "method" or "methodology."
CSP's exposition begins with logical syntax.
453. [Lecture I]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-37.
Science hampered by the false notion that there is no
distinction between good and bad reasoning. This notion
related to the German idea that bases logic on feeling.
454. Lectures on Logic, to be delivered at the Lowell
Institute. Winter 1903- 1904. Lecture I
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-26.
Existential graphs as a system for expressing any assertion
with precision is not intended to facilitate but to
analyze necessary reasoning, i.e., deduction. The system
introduced by means of four basic conventions (here
called "principles") and four rules ("rights")
of transformation.
455. [Lecture II]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-31.
The first and third parts of an introduction to the
alpha and beta parts of the system of existential graphs;
MS. 456 is the second part.
456. Lowell Lectures. Lecture 2. Vol. 2
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 40-66.
The second of a three-part introduction to the alpha
and beta parts of existential graphs. For the first
and third parts, see MS. 455.
457. CSP's Lowell Lectures of 1903. 1st Draught of 3rd
Lecture
A. MS., notebook, n.p., begun October 2, 1903, pp. 1-10.
On a kind of decision procedure (in terms of alpha-possibility)
for existential graphs. Cf. MS. 462.
458. Lowell Lectures. 1903. Lecture 3. 1st draught
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-33.
Science, mathematics, and quantity. Pure mathematics
(the science of hypotheses) is divided in accordance
with the complexity of its hypotheses. Simplest mathematics
is the system of existential graphs. Doctrine of multitude:
Cantor's work on collections. Understanding requires
some reference to the future to an endless series
of possibilities. Achilles and the Tortoise Paradox.
459. Lowell Lectures. 1903. Lecture 3
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-41.
The words "Won't do" (by CSP) appear on the
cover of the notebook. Definition of "mathematics."
Denial that mathematics is reducible to logic. Alternative
positions considered. Existential graphs; qualities;
collection; multitude (Whitehead and Russell); substantive
possibility.
460. [Lecture III]
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 1-22.
Published, in part, as 1.15-26 (pp. 2-21). Gamma graphs,
the third part of existential graphs, rendered intelligible
by CSP's categories of Firstness, Secondness, Thirdness.
And without the gamma graphs, multitude, infinity,
and continuity are not easily explained. The peculiarity
of gamma graphs is that they make abstractions (mere
possibilities) and laws the subjects of discourse.
461. Lowell Lectures of 1903 by C. S. Peirce. Second
draught of Lecture 3
A. MS., notebook, n.p., September 30, 1903, pp. 1-9;
plus 2 cards which were found inserted among the unnumbered
pages of the notebook.
Multitude; serial order of qualities; continuity.
462. CSP's Lowell Lectures of 1903 2nd Draught of 3rd
Lecture
A. MS., n.p., October 5, 1903, pp. 2-88 (pagination
by even numbers only), incomplete.
Alpha part of existential graphs: permissible operations.
The Beta part. Difference between alpha-impossibility
and beta-impossibility summarized [cf. MS. 457]. The
Gamma part concerns what can logically be asserted
of meanings. The distinction between regulative and
constitutive (in Kant). The logical doctrine called
"Pragmatism." CSP claims that he has been
unjustly called a sceptic, a second Hume. The "joke"
about opium's dormitive virtue. Possibility and necessity
(Locke's confusion). Qualities as mere possibilities.
Relations are qualities of sets of subjects. Dyadic
and triadic relations. All triadic relations are, more
or less, thoughts. Doctrine of signs; icons, indices,
and symbols.
463. Lowell Lectures of 1903. Lecture III. 2nd Draught
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 11-17 (pp. 1-9 are
mathematical notes and have nothing to do with the
lecture).
On multitude and collection.
464. CSP's Lowell Lectures of 1903. Part 1 of 3rd draught
of 3rd Lecture
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, begun October 8, 1903,
pp. 1-64, 68.
Published in two places: 1.324 and 1.343-349 (pp. 30-34
and 36-64 respectively). Note that part of 1.349 comes
from page 68 of MS. 465, with p. 68 of that manuscript
continuing p. 64 of this one. Omitted is a discussion
of existential graphs, especially alpha and beta possibilities
(pp. 1-30) and a discussion of the category of Firstness
(pp. 34-36).
465. CSP's Lowell Lectures of 1903. 2nd Part of 3rd
Draught of Lecture III
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, October 12, 1903, pp. 68-126;
A1-A8.
Published, in part, as 1.521-544 (pp. 68-126, with only
the first and last paragraphs deleted). Pages A1-A8,
unpublished, are mainly a reply to a listener's note
asking, "What makes a Reasoning to be sound?"
The note itself (dated November 27, 1903) has been
inserted opposite p. A1. Also unpublished is material
on the beta part of existential graphs.
466. Useful for 3rd or 4th?
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 1-28, unfinished,
with two p. 19's, both of which leave text intact.
Mathematics and logic; existential graphs introduced
initially to illuminate the nature of pure mathematics,
and then used in the discussion of multitude.
467. C. S. Peirce’s Lowell Lectures for 1903. Lecture
4.
A. MS., 2 notebooks, G-1903-2a, pp. 1-96.
Two volumes comprise the fourth lecture, with the first
volume entitled "Gamma Part of Existential Graphs."
Volumes I and II (pp. 1-96) published as 4.510-529,
with deletions. Deleted: brief history of exact logic,
i.e., logic begun by De Morgan, including CSP's entitative
and existential graphs (pp. 8-18). Opium's dormitive
virtue; abstraction, including Hegel's abuse of the
term (pp. 66-78).
468. CSP's Lowell Lectures of 1903. Introduction to
Lecture 5
A. MS., notebook, n.p., December 4, 1903, pp. 1-9.
Gamma part of graphs continued (but quickly abandoned).
Graphs of logical principles. Beta part.
469. Lowell Lectures. 1903. Lecture 5. Vol. 1
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 2-74.
Doctrine of multitudes. Breadth and depth. Reference
to Bertrand Russell's Principles of Mathematics in
connection with the question, Is a collection which
has but a single individual member identical with that
individual or not? Cantor's system of ordinal numbers.
470. Lecture 5,. Vol. 2
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 76-158.
At the beginning CSP offers the following plan for his
lecture series: "1. What makes a reasoning sound,
2. Existential Graphs, Alpha and Beta, 3. General Explanations,
Phenomenology and Speculative Grammar, 4. Existential
graphs, Gamma Part, 5. Multitude, 6. Chance, 7. Induction,
8. Abduction." Collection and multitude; syllogism
of transposed quantity; Fermatian reasoning; first
and second ultranumerable multitude; continuity (pp.
78-122). Gamma graphs (pp. 124-138). The beginning
of a lecture occasioned by the death of Herbert Spencer.
Mentioning his personal encounters with Spencer, CSP
writes on Spencer's evolutionism and his influence
on philosophy generally (pp. 140- 158) .
471. [Lecture V]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, 10 pp.
On multitude and collection.
472. Lowell Lectures. 1903. Sixth Lecture. Probability
A. MS., 2 notebooks, G-1903-2a, pp. 2-130.
Published, in part, as 6.88-97 (pp. 8-62). Omitted:
the relationship between logic and mathematics; independence
of logic from metaphysics but not vice versa (pp. 2-7).
Doctrine of chances: reference of the word "chance,"
in all its meanings, to variety; chance not a matter
of ignorance but of the immense diversity of the universe;
the tendency of this diversity to grow into uniformities;
the conception of the "long run"; mathematical
theory of probabilities; probability as requiring some
objective meaning; CSP's advice to stop talking of
probabilities in connection with the doctrine of chances
and to talk instead of ratios of frequency; the difficulty
most people have of understanding why it is not logically
impossible that an event whose probability is zero
should nevertheless occur; and, finally, Hume on miracles
(pp. 62-130).
* 473. C. S. Peirce’s Lowell lnstitute Lectures. 1903,
Seventh Lecture. Introduction Vol. I
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 2-92.
Published, in part, as 7.110-130 (pp. 36-84). Omitted
from publication: a discussion of deduction, induction,
and abduction (pp. 2-35). The rationale of induction;
Ockhamists versus Scotists; John Stuart Mill and the
question of the uniformity of nature (pp. 85-92).
474. [Lecture VII]
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1903, pp. 96-152.
Volume II of the Seventh Lecture. Law, uniformity, and
variety. Critical comments on Mill's views on the uniformity
of nature. For CSP it is obvious that nature is not
uniform, but that variety is nature's leading characteristic.
His realism is opposed to Mill's nominalism. The problem
of induction, with solutions by Abbe Gratry, Laplace,
and CSP.
475. C. S. Peirce’s Lowell Lectures of 1903. Eighth
Lecture, Abduction
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 2-92 (pagination is
somewhat irregular but the text is continuous).
Volume I. Published, in part, as 5.590-604 (pp. 28-92).
Unpublished: the division of reasoning into deduction,
induction, and abduction as deriving from Aristotle
and Boole. The relationship of the three kinds of reasoning
to the syllogism. A brief review of CSP's own reflections
on the kinds of reasoning, noting articles he published
and the errors and confusions these contain.
476.C. S. Peirce’s Lowell Lectures of 1903. Eighth Lecture,
Abduction. Vol. 2. Pythagoras
A. MS., notebook, G-1903-2a, pp. 94-168.
Only p. 95 published: 7.182n7. Unpublished are several
examples of abduction. Life of Pythagoras as affording
the prime example. CSP treats historical topics about
which there has been considerable debate, claiming
that his abductions have been verified - contrary to
the expectations of historians - on five occasions.
477. Notes for a Syllabus of Logic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., June 1903, 17 pp., incomplete.
The syllabus was intended as a supplement to the Lowell
Lectures of 1903. Ingredients of the phaneron. Phaneroscopic
descriptions of consciousness. Aristotle's categories
and predicables.
* 478. Syllabus of a course of Lectures at the Lowell
Institute beginning 1903, Nov. 23. On Some Topics of
Logic (Syllabus)
A. MS., G-1903-2b and G-1903-2d, pp. 1-168 (pp. 106-136
missing); a second title page; pp. 2-23 of a revised
section; 69 pp. of variants; and a corrected copy of
the printed syllabus.
A second version of the above title, "A Syllabus
of Certain Topics of Logic," became the title
of the pamphlet published by Alfred Mudge & Son,
Boston, 1903. The pamphlet, however, is not an exact
copy of the manuscript, several sections having been
omitted. From the manuscript, pp. 1-26 and 137-149
were published in the pamphlet as pp. 1-14 and 15-20
respectively. Transformation rules for existential
graphs are treated in an abridged form on pp. 20-23
of the pamphlet. For publication of the pamphlet in
the Collected Papers, see G-1903-2b. Pages 43-46, 47-48,
48-50, and 50-89 published respectively as 2.274-277,
2.283-284, 2.292-294, and 2.309-331. Omitted from publication:
sundry logical conceptions; Peircean categories of
Firstness, Secondness, Thirdness; the possibility of
certain kinds of separation of thought; dissociation,
precision, discrimination; the categories in their
forms of Firstness (phenomenology); the normative sciences
and their interrelations; the division of logic into
speculative grammar, logical critic, and methodeutic
(pp. 27-42). Arguments as symbols; classification of
arguments into deduction, induction, and abduction;
etymology of deduction (pp. 89-105).
LOGICAL GRAPHS
479. On Logical Graphs (Graphs)
A. MS., G-c.1903-3, pp. 1-64; plus 30 pp. of several
starts.
Published as 4.350-371, with deletions. Deleted: two
complicated examples on pp. 5-8, 21-22 and some random
comments, concerned chiefly with Eulerian diagrams
and the history of logical graphs.
480. On Logical Graphs (Acad. Graphs)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-l9, plus 3 pp. of variants.
Apparently an early form of what was to evolve into
existential graphs. Formation and transformation rules
of the system.
481. On Logical Graphs
A. MS., n.p., n.d., p. 1-10.
A system of graphs using "curves convex inwards,"
and presumed to be an improvement over Euler's diagrams
and logical algebra.
482. On Logical Graphs
A. MS., n.p., [c. 1896-98], pp. 1-30; plus 192 pp., partially
ordered, but mainly a confusion of alternatives or
rejects.
Includes partial drafts of several different papers
(e.g., parts of an early draft of 3.468 ff.). Application
of topology to logical graphs; examples and rules for
interpretation; illative transformations.
483. On Existential Graphs
A. MS., n.p., [c.1901], pp. 1-9, plus 21 pp. of variants.
Several attempts to write the same pages. Basic conventions
of the system of existential graphs. A reference to
the Monist article of January 1897.
484. On Existential Graphs (F4)
A. MS., n.p., 1898, pp. 1-28; 11-15, 20.
Application of topology to logical graphs, followed
by a development of the constitutive conventions of
existential graphs. Remarks on the equivalence between
existential graphs and familiar (ordinary) language.
Elementary rules of illative transformation deduced
from basic rules of existential graphs.
485. On Existential Graphs (EG)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, with at least three other
attempts, none going beyond p. 2, and with another
six attempts to write the same, but under the subtitle
"Rules of (their) Illative Transformation."
486. Existential Graphs
Amanuensis, with marginal notes in CSP's hand, n.p.,
n.d., p. 1-10. Twenty-three "Rules for their Illative
(Logical) Transformation."
487. [Transformation Rules for Existential Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
Seventeen rules are given, the last ten of which are
derived from the first seven (or basic rules for existential
graphs).
488. Positive Logical Graphs (PLG)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6, plus 2 pp. of variants.
"Logical graphs" was the early name for what
later became existential graphs. Definitions and conventions
of the system.
489. Investigation of the Meaning It Thunders
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-8.
An essay in which the meaning of the cut (or circle)
in the example It thunder is derived from certain basic
rules for existential graphs.
490. [Introduction to Existential Graphs and an Improvement
on the Gamma Graphs]
A. MS., notebook, G-1906-2.
CSP wrote on the cover of the notebook: "For the
National Academy of Sci. 1906 April Meeting in Washington."
Published, with omissions, as 4.573-584. Cf. MS. 480.
491. Logical Tracts. No. 1. On Existential Graphs
A. MS., n.p., [c 1903], pp. 1-12; 1-10; 1-3; 11 pp.
of variants. Logical and existential graphs (pp. 1-12).
Basic definitions and principles of representation
(pp. 1-10). Icon, index, symbol (pp. 1-3).
492. Logical Tracts. No. 2. On Existential Graphs, Euler's
Diagrams, and Logical Algebra
A. MS., G-c.1903-2, pp. 1-141 (pp. 85 and 120 missing),
with 104 pp. of variants; plus several alternative
sections (pp. 3-41, with 5 pp. of variants; 18-41,
with 4 pp. of variants; 19-39, with 15 pp. of variants).
Published, in part, as 4.418-509 (pp. 1-141, with omissions).
Omitted: a translation of Euclid and a pair of complicated
examples. From alternative sections: the relationship
of symbols to past, present, and future; replicas;
si signs, bi signs, and ter signs (pp. 19-39 of one
section. Connexus and lines of identity; a selective
connexus; phenomenology; representamens (icons, indices,
symbols); si signs, bi signs, ter signs (pp. 18-41
of another section).
493. The Principles of Logical Graphics
A. MS., small red leather notebook, n.p., n.d.
Over one hundred-fifty examples of existential graphs
illustrating "fundamental assumptions." Illative
transformations. Rules of existential graphs: erasure
and insertion, iteration and deiteration.
494. Existential Graphs: A System of Logical Expression
A. MS., standard size notebook, n.p., n.d.
A development of the existential graphs from "Constitutive
Conventions" up to proofs of theorems, with good
examples of graphs. Also three pages on a "Deduction
of the Rule of Addition of Integers in the secundal
system."
495. Logical Graphs
A. MS., small notebook, n.p., n.d.
Two attempts at a presentation of the existential graphs.
Neither attempt gets beyond the "Constitutive
Conventions."
496. [Notes on Graphs]
A. MS., notebook (Cyclone Composition Book), n.p., n.d.
497. [Notes on Graphs]
A. MS., small notebook, n.p., June 1897.
Note inscription on first page: "C. S. Peirce from
Francis Lathrop 1897 June 15." Basic rules and
commentary.
498. On Existential Graphs as an Instrument of Logical
Research
A. MS., notebook (Harvard Cooperative), n.p., n.d.
Evidently prepared as an address to the American Academy.
CSP mentions that existential graphs were discovered
by him late in 1896, but that he was practically there
some fourteen years before. The graphs were not invented
to serve as a calculus, but to dissect the inferential
process. Two puzzles examined with a view toward testing
the system of graphs. One puzzle concerns the relation
of signs to minds, and of communication from one mind
to another. The other puzzle concerns the composition
of concepts and the nature of judgment or, antipsychologically
speaking, propositions, Signs; reality; conventions
of the system of existential graphs.
499. On the System of Existential Graphs Considered
as an Instrument for the Investigation of Logic
A. MS., notebook (Harvard Cooperative), n.p., n.d.
The value of logical algebras. Logic as a calculus:
CSP's minority report. The way in which the system
of existential graphs serves the interest of the science
of logic. Solutions suggested by the method of existential
graphs to two problems, one of which concerns the relation
of signs to minds and the other the composition of
concepts. Existential relations of signs, from which
is deduced a classification of signs and a nomenclature
useful in describing existential graphs.
* 500. A Diagrammatic Syntax
A. MS., n.p., December 6-9, 1911, pp. 1-19.
A letter to Risteen on existential graphs.
501. [Worksheets on Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 92 pp.
The worksheets are concerned mainly with two axioms:
Something is scriptible and something is unscriptible.
502. Peripatetic Talks. No. 2 (PT2)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4, plus 2 pp. of two other
starts.
On the presuppositions of logic, e.g., that there is
error, that - up to a point - it is eradicable, that
there is some method of eradicating it. On the essential
characteristics of belief.
503. Peripatetic Talks. No. 4 (PT4)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6; 3-5.
On the five fundamental rules of existential graphs,
and some of their consequences.
504. Peripatetic Talks. No. 6 (PT6)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-7.
On existential graphs. A defect in the system: There
is no proper form for expressing the proposition that
"There is some clergyman who praises every lawyer
each to a doctor, so that for every possible distribution
of such praises, there is a distinct clergyman who
performs the praise."
505. Peripatetic Talks. No. 7 (PT7)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, with another 1 p. start.
The proposal is made to restate the fundamental principles
of existential graphs in a new form. Three rules are
listed and illustrated.
506. Existential Graphs
A. MS., small brown notebook, n.p., n.d.
List of rules: Rule XI - Rule XXIII. On back pages of
notebook, CSP forms 62 words, beginning with the letter
C, from the letters of the word "instruction,"
the purpose of which is not evident.
507. [Existential Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
Beta and gamma graphs, with algebraic translations.
Rules of transformation.
508. Existential Graphs. Rules of Transformation. Pure
Mathematical Definition of Existential Graphs, regardless
of their Interpretation (Syllabus B)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. B1-B6.
An early draft of 4.414-417, together with some discussion
of the gamma part of existential graphs.
509. Gamma Graphs
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
510. [Notes on Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 12 pp.
511. (D)
A. MS,. n.p., n.d., pp. D3-D7, with 7 pp. of variants.
Hypotheses concerned with permissions and prohibitions
and with possibility and necessity. These pages are
part of MS. 3.
512. (SM)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
These pages are part of MS. 2.
513. (FL)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 27-98, incomplete and in some
disorder, with missing sections and many alternatives
and/or rejects.
The first part of the manuscript is concerned with logical
algebra. CSP's graphical method (pp. 52-78), with a
note that "my cumbrous General Algebra with all
its faults, seems preferable." Pages 78 ff. present
another algebraic system which is labelled the "Algebra
of Dyadic Relatives" and which "seems to
have fascinated Professor Schr^der much more than it
has me." The Algebra of Triadic Logic is mentioned
("But I have never succeeded in perfecting it").
* 514. [Fragments on Existential Graphs]
A. MS., n.p., [1909], 53 pp.
LOGICAL ALGEBRA
515. On the First Principles of Logical Algebra (First
Prin)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-34, with 25 pp. of variants.
Indecomposable transformations. Rules of transformation,
with commutation and association developed from these
rules. Implication; contradiction and excluded middle;
aggregation and composition. Ethics of terminology
applied to the case of Boole's creation of logical
algebra. Transitive relations; incompossibility; identity
and lines of identity. Propositions and signs; universal,
particular, individual propositions; subject of propositions.
Among the variants, the following topics occur: lines
of identity; individual, definite, and singular terms;
rules for existential graphs. Also the initial discussion
of categoriology in connection with logical terms.
516. On the Basic Rules of Logical Transformation
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-51, plus 45 pp. of variants.
First principles of Boolean algebra as extended by CSP
to the logic of relatives with a view toward developing
certain other notations. The system of symbols employed
is that of existential graphs.
517. 
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-85, with 81 pp. of variants.
Part I. A reference to CSP's "New Elements of Mathematics,"
for which no publisher could be found, and mention
of the loss of CSP's power of writing about logic in
a mathematical way, which, in point of fact, he no
longer admires. Part II. On definition, postulate,
axiom, corollary, theorem; signs, interpretants, entelechy;
theory and practice; real relations and reactions;
judgment and proposition; judgment and assertion; belief,
affirmation, and judgment; doctrine of signs. Criticism
of nominalism. The nature of "law"; event
and fact; internal and external causes. Law signifies
more than mere uniformity; it involves real connections.
An improvement upon the traditional doctrine of causation.
Symbols unable to exert force, but do govern things
(for they are laws). A symbol signifies what it does,
as in the feeling of "having been in a present
situation before" - a case of accident, not of
inherent necessity. Symbols as having grades of directness
to the limit of being their own significations, and
as having the power to reproduce themselves and to
cause real facts. Reality as the limit of the endless
series of symbols. Symbols and language, with language
unable to provide a basis for logic. "How the
constitution of the human mind may compel men to think
is not the question; and the appeal to language appears
to me to be no better than an unsatisfactory method
of ascertaining psychological facts that are of no
relevancy to logic. But if such appeal is to be made
(and logicians generally do make it, in particular
their doctrine of the copula appears to rest solely
upon this) it would seem that they ought to survey
human languages generally and not confine themselves
to the small and extremely peculiar group of Aryan
speech."
518. [The Regenerated Logic]
A. MS., G-1896-6a, pp. 1-29, 17-21, 25-28.
This is the manuscript of the "The Regenerated
Logic" (Monist, Vol. 7, pp. 19-40, 1896) which
was reprinted as 3.425-455.
519. Studies in Logical Algebra
A. MS., notebook, n.p., May 20-25, 1885.
520. [Schroeder's Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-27, incomplete; 41-44; plus
5 pp. of variants.
521. Schroeder's Logic of Relatives
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-33, with 19 pp. of variants.
* 522. Notes on Schroeder's Logic of Relatives
A. MS., small red notebook, n.p., n.d.; and 1 p. continuing
the comparison of CSP's symbolism with Schroeder's
begun on pp. 38-41 of the notebook.
523. Notes on Schroeder's 3rd Volume
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
524. [Schroeder and the Logic of Relations]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-9.
* 525. [Fragment on Schroeder]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., p. 10.
* 526. Logic of Relatives. No. 2
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4; plus pp. 2-4 of Paper I.
Papers I and II are part of a series announced by the
Pike County Press, Milford, Pa., 1895-96, but never
published.
* 527. On the Algebra of Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp. of a manuscript draft; 12
pp. of a typed draft (corrected by CSP); a reprint
of "On the Algebra of Logic: A Contribution to
the Philosophy of Notation" (G-1885-3); and 2
pp. of fragments.
Reprint of an article for the American Journal of Mathematics,
Vol. 7, No. 2, 1885. Published again as 3.359-403,
except 369n (p. 230), with an undated marginal note,
384n1.
528. On the Algebra of Logic
Reprint, G-1880-8.
Reprint of an article for the American Journal of Mathematics,
Vol. 3, 1880. Published again as 3.154-251, except
154n1 and 200n* (p. 128), with an editor's marginal
corrections and with the revisions of 1880, c.1882,
and undated.
* 529. Description of a Notation for the Logic of Relatives,
resulting from an Amplification of the Conceptions
of Boole's Calculus of Logic
Reprints, G-1870-1.
Two reprints from Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences (communicated January 26, 1870).
One reprint is annotated by CSP; the other contains
marginal notes, not by CSP. Published again as 3.45-149,
except 45n*, with revisions from CSP's own copy.
530. A Proposed Logical Notation (Notation)
A. MS., n.p., [C.1903], pp. 1-45; 44-62, 12-32, 12-26;
plus 44 pp. of shorter sections as well as fragments.
Ethics of terminology. The history of logical terms
and notations, and CSP's recommendation of "the
best algebraical signs for logic." On the Stoic
division of hypothetical propositions. CSP's division
of hypothetical propositions. Graphs, algebra of dyadic
relations, linear associative algebra, nonions.
* 531. Brief Account of the Principles of the Logic
of Relative Terms
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 13 pp. (fragmentary).
Explanation of the three kinds of logical terms: absolute,
simple relative (dyadic), and conjugative (triadic
or higher). The logical copula.
532. The Logic of Relatives, Qualitative and Quantitative
A. MS., n.p., [c1885], 13 pp. and 7 pp. of two drafts;
plus 7 pp. of fragments. Two drafts distinguishable,
the shorter of which has the title "The Logic
of Relations, Qualitative and Quantitative." Algebraic
notation explained, and principal rules of transformation,
with proofs, provided. Its advantage over the Boolean
algebra consists in the fact that it can do everything
the Boolean algebra does without employing any superfluous
symbols.
533. On the Formal Classification of Relations
A. MS., n.p., [1880's], 13 pp. (fragmentary).
Different starts on the same problem of formal classification.
The classification of relatives with respect to single
elements, pairs of elements, continuum of elements,
and infinity of elements.
534. The Logic of Relatives
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
The classification of relations with respect to the
two broad classes of logical and real. Under logical
relations, CSP distinguishes four classes: incompossibility,
identity, otherness, coexistence. Under real relations,
he distinguishes the following: aliorelations, concurrencies,
anti-aliorelations, anti-concurrencies, variform relations.
535. [A Boolean Algebra with One Constant]
A. MS., G-c.1880-1, 7 pp.
Published in entirety: 4.12-20.
* 536. Dual Relatives
A. MS., n.p., 1889, 17 pp.
Several attempts at the same paper. Distinction between
logical and real relations. The four principal logical
relations and the five classes of real relations. Boolean
algebra. Cf. MS. 533.
537. An Elementary Account of the Logic of Relatives
TS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp. of which some are duplicates.
538. Divisions and Nomenclature of Dyadic Relations
(Dy. Rel.)
A. MS., n.p., [C.1903], pp. 1, 3-6, 9-12, 15, 19, 21-23,
29-30, and variants. Earlier draft of MS. 539. See
G-1903-2c.
539. Nomenclature and Divisions of Dyadic Relations
(Syllabus)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1903], pp. 106-135 (p. 134 missing).
Modal and existential dyadic relations. See G-1903-2c.
540. Nomenclature and Division of Triadic Relations,
as far as they are determined (Syllabus)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 134-155, plus 7 pp. of variants.
Provisional division of triadic relations into relations
of comparison, performance, and thought. The three
correlates of any triadic relation. Doctrine of signs:
classes of signs.
541. (Syllabus 7)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
542. (Class of Dyadic Rel.)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-4.
543. [Triadic Relations]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 29-37 (3 folded sheets).
Reduction of tetradic relations. CSP maintains that
every relation higher than triads is resolvable into
a combination of triadic relations, and he conjectures
that Royce holds the position that every dyadic relation
is really a triadic one.
544. The Logic of Relations
A. M.S., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-9, plus 6 pp. of variants.
The three grades of clearness. Relations in their different
grades of clearness.
545. [Notes on the Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp.
546. Comments on Cayley's "Memoir on Abstract Geometry"
from the point of view of the Logic of Relatives
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
547. Logic of Relatives
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 18 pp.
An attempt to state the main results of the work of
Augustus De Morgan and A. B. Kempe. The remainder of
the paper is fragmentary but involves, in part, a statement
and proof of the principles of nonrelative logic; for
example, those of identity, modus ponens, and commutation.
548. Logic of Relatives
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
Association formulae. The external product of pairs.
The converse. Relations of combination of four terms.
Axioms of number. Relative of simple correspondence.
549. [Algebra of Logic]
A. MS., n.p., [C.1882-83], pp. 1-10.
Reference to a note by Mrs. Ladd-Franklin on the Constitution
of the Universe (JHU Studies in Logic, p. 61). Principle
of excluded middle. Cf. MS. 560.
550. [Algebra of Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Ascertaining by algebra whether the answer to any question,
as "Whether Elijah was caught up in heaven,"
is contained in what we already know.
551. A Problem in Testimony
TS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
The solution to a problem found in Boole's Laws of Thought.
CSP's solution is, in effect, the same as Boole's though
expressed differently.
552. [Relative and Non-relative Terms]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
553. [On the Algebra of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n. d., 33 pp.
Various pages for a proposed book on logic, mostly on
the algebra of relatives. Other topics covered are
logical graphs, induction, deduction, and the statistical
syllogism (probability).
554. [Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
555. [Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., [1892?], 18 pp.
556. [Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., sections of 12 pp., 8 pp., and 3
pp.
557. [Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 21 pp.
* 558. [Logic of Relatives]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 14-28.
559. [Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 121 pp.
Notational conventions. The introduction of superfluous
elements into algebra for purposes of balance and homogeneity.
Rules of algebraical procedure. The three laws of thought:
identity, contradiction, and excluded middle. Logic
and the uses of ordinary language. Aristotle's propositional
forms.
560. [Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-27, incomplete.
Principle of excluded middle. Reference to G-1880-8 and an attempt to
show that a logical algebra can be constructed without the special signs
and
as quantifiers. Cf. MS. 549
561. The Boolian Calculus
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Boolean algebra and the problem of continuity.
562. Note on the Boolian Algebra
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
563. [An Improvement on Boole's Treatment of the Function]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
564. Boolian Algebra. First Lecture
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp. (fragmentary).
Introductory remarks to a lecture on Boole with discussions
of improvements (by other logicians) of the Boolean
algebra.
565. Chapter II. Interpretation of Logistic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp.
566. Chapter III. Development of the Boolian Notation
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
567. [A Note to "On the Algebra of Logic: A Contribution
to the Philosophy of Notation" (G-1885-3)]
A. MS., C-1885-3 (c.1885), 47 pp., and a crumbling copy
(not in CSP's hand) on the same subject. See sup(2)G-1885-3.
Published in entirety as 3.403A-403M.
568. Chapter III. Development of the Notation, begun
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
569. [Algebraical. Rules. to which Sign -< is Subject]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6; 1-4, with a variant p.
4.
* 570. Sketch of the Theory of Non-Associative Multiplication
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5, incomplete.
571. Logical Addition and Multiplication
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6.
572. [Non-Commutative Multiplication and other Topics]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 15 pp.
573. [Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 28 pp.
Algebra of the copula. Special modification of the Boolean
algebra. The faults of ordinary language as an instrument
of logic. Ordinary language is more pictorial than
diagrammatic, serving well the purposes of literature
but not of logic.
* 574. [Notes on Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 45 pp.
Negative and converse. Fundamental formulae of converse.
Copulas.
575. [Notes on Logical Algebra]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 50 pp.
These pages are devoted mainly to the copula of inclusion.
Brief comments on the uses of logical algebra and on
the alleged connection between logical algebra and
the doctrine of the quantification of the predicate.
576. Of the Copulas of Algebra
A. MS., n.p., April 27, 1871, 8 pp.
577. Algebra of the Copula
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 7 pp., representing four starts.
578. Algebra of the Copula
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
579. Algebra of the Copula
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 76 pp.
580. The Mathematics of Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
Various ways of expressing inclusion. CSP introduces
a new sign of inclusion: A B.
581. Notes on Logic
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 1902.
On the demonstrative part of arithmetic; the formal
Boolean; haecceity.
582. Boolian Algebra
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
583. Notes on History of Algebraical and Logical Signs
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
MISCELLANEOUS 1869- 1913
584. Lectures on British Logicians. Lecture I. Early
Nominalism and Realism
A. MS., G-1869-2, pp. 1-14; 1-17 ("Lectures on
British Logicians"); 2 pp. ("List of British
Logicians").
The first of a series of fifteen lectures on "British
Logicians," given by CSP at Harvard during 1869-70
at the request of the President of Harvard. Published,
in part, as 1.28-29 and 1.30-34 (pp. 2-4 and 6-11 respectively).
Unpublished are CSP's reflections on the history of
logical controversies of the medieval period and other
reflections, mainly on Scotus Erigena (pp. 1, 5, 12-14).
Various definitions of "logic"; distinction
between psychological and logical questions; Alcuin;
Aristotle's "Organon" (pp. 1-17).
585. Ockam
A. MS., notebook, n.p. [1869]; plus another notebook
("Abstract of Occam's Summa Logices").
The history of logic. Nominalism and realism, with comments
on Francis Bacon and J. S. Mill.
* 586. Whewell
A. MS., notebook, n.p., [1869].
587. Notes for Lectures on Logic. To be given 1st Term.
1870-71
A. MS., notebook, n.p., 6 pp.
Problem of meaning and truth. Meaning distinguished
both from the sign itself and from the thing signified.
The agreement of meaning and reality. How can two things
as incommensurable as meaning and reality be said to
agree?
588. Preface
A. MS., G-1883-7a, 6 pp.; plus 6 pp. of an earlier draft.
The preface is to the Johns Hopkins University Studies
in Logic.
589. The Critic of Arguments. III. Synthetical propositions
a priori
A. MS., G-1892-1b, 52 pp.
This is presumably the third paper of The Open Court
series of 1892 of which only the first two papers were
published in The Open Court. Published, in part, as
4.187n1 (pp. 5-8). Omitted from any publication: geometrical
propositions and the notion of synthetic propositions
a priori. CSP rejects the view that, while arithmetical
propositions are analytic, geometrical ones are synthetic.
Properties of number: Numbers are infinite, and the
Fermatian inference is applicable to the whole collection
of them. Counting.
590. The Critic of Arguments. III
A. MS., n.p., 1892, 23 pp., plus 16 pp. of another draft
and 6 pp. of variants.
Mathematical propositions a priori.
591. [Critic of Arguments. IV]
A. MS., n.p., 1892, 11 pp.
592. A Search for a Method. Essay I
Printed Article (annotated), G-1893-6 and G-1867-1b.
This is the printed article of 1867, "On the Natural
Classification of Arguments," together with photostats
of the missing pages and with additions and corrections
of 1893. 2.461-561 is the 1867 article with the additions
and corrections of 1893; that is, Essay I of "A
Search for a Method."
593. [A Search for a Method. Essay VI]
Printed Article, G-1893-6 and G-1868-2c, pp. 249-264.
This is the printed article of 1868, "Grounds of
Validity of the Laws of Logic," along with the
corrections found in the margins of the pages of the
article. 5.318-357 is the 1868 article with the corrections
of 1893; that is, Essay VI of "A Search for a
Method."
594. [A Search for a Method: Fragments]
A. MS., n.p., 1893, 131 pp.
One page has the title: "The Quest of a Method.
Essay I. The Natural Classifications of Arguments."
Among the topics found in these pages are questions
of terminology, the algebra of the copula, forms of
propositions, and the analysis of reasoning.
* 595. Short Logic
A. MS., G-c.1893-3, pp. 1-32, 33-38; plus 14 pp. of
variants.
Selections published as follows: 2.286-291 (pp. 6-13);
2.295-296 (pp. 14-16); 2.435-443 (pp. 23-29, with the
omission of p. 25); 7.555-558 (pp. 29-32). Unpublished
are remarks on elementary philology and the definition
of "logic," along with some historical footnotes.
596. Reason's Rules (RR)
A. MS., G-c.1902-3, pp. 1-47, with 11 pp. of variants.
Published, in part, as 5.538-545 (pp. 21-45). Omitted
is a dialogue between author and reader, with an aside
about the Hegelian dialectic. The various extra-firm
beliefs which the reader has about reasoning and belief
itself: the reader's logica utens. Doubt, its derivation
and the psychological uneasiness associated with it.
Doubt is always more or less conscious, but this is
not true of belief. That a man may be quite unaware
of his belief is illustrated by the Northern reaction
to the South's attack upon Fort Sumter. Cf. MS. 598.
597. Reason's Rules (RR)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1902], pp 1-6.
On what reasoning is.
598. Reason's Rules (RR)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1902], pp. 1-10, with 8 pp. of variants.
The initial or present beliefs of the reader. CSP pleads
for the adoption of the principle that what is beyond
control is beyond criticism or, more simply stated,
do not doubt what cannot be doubted. Examples of beliefs
which cannot be doubted: beliefs in what is before
the eyes, the existence of persons other than oneself,
memory. Cf. MS. 596.
599. Reason's Rules (RR)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1902], pp. 4-45, 31-42, and 8 pp. of
fragments.
The nature of a sign. Propositions as the significations
of signs which represent that some icon is applicable
to that which is indicated by an index. The non-existence
of propositions: propositions as merely possible. How
truth and falsehood relate to propositions. Meaning
as the character of a sign. Meaning and value are related:
meaning as the value of a word (or the value of something
for us is what that something means to us). The reference
of meaning to the future.
600. (RR)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1902], 3 loose sheets, numbered 5,
35, and 36.
Critic of criticism.
601. (L)
A. MS., G-undated-13, later than the Minute Logic, but
before 1908, pp. 1-33, with g pp. of variants; pp.
10-31, with 7 pp. of variants.
Published, in part, as 7.49-52 (pp. 1-9). Unpublished:
the meaning of "dynamical"; the distinction
between relation and relationship; speculations on
the survival of the human race and on the possibility
of life - similar to human life - on other planets
(pp. 10-33). The classification of the sciences, based
upon the distinction between theoretical and practical
science (pp. 10-31).
602. On Classification of the Sciences (M)
A. MS., n.p., later than the Minute Logic, but before
1908, pp. 1-16.
The general classificatory scheme of the sciences. The
threefold nature of inquiry. The normative sciences
of esthetics, ethics, and logic. The nature of pratical
science.
603. (N)
A. MS., G-undated-13 [1905-06?], pp. 1-47, with 10 pp.
of variants.
Published, in part, as 7.77-78 (pp. 20-29). Unpublished:
the place of logic among the sciences; the fact that
logic is a theoretical, not practical, science, even
in respect to its methodeutic division (pp. 1-19).
The relationship between logic and psychology, with
CSP's opposition to the "psychological logicians"
stated at some length (pp. 30-47).
604. Ch. I. Ways of Life (L)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
Three types of men: men of sentiment (e.g., artists),
practical men, and the unselfish seekers after truth.
605. Chapter II. On the Classification of the Sciences
(Lii)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-17; plus pp. 1-2 ("Chapter
II. The First Division of Science") .
Distinction between theoretical and practical science.
The heuretic sciences.
606. Chapter III. The Nature of Logical Inquiry (Liij)
A. MS., n.p., [1905-06?], pp. 1-29, with 2 pp. of variants.
"Maiotic" method of Socrates. The Athenian
Schools and the emergence of Aristotle. Why the logical
treatises of Aristotle have been called the "Organon."
Discussion of the point of view that logic is a practical
science, with notes on the history of this point of
view. Aristotle's distinction between practical science
and art. Methodeutic is not a practical science.
607. Chapter III. The Nature of Logical Inquiry (Liij)
A. MS., n.p., [1905-06?], pp. 1-9.
Aristotle's distinction between practical science and
art. However, in spite of Aristotle's well-earned reputation
as a philosopher, he has no conception of logic as
a unitary study. Utilitarian tendencies in English
logicians from Thomas Wilson to John Venn.
608. Chapter III. The Nature of Logical Inquiry (Liii)
A. MS., n.p., [1905-06?], pp. 1-3.
Dedekind and Benjamin Peirce on the relationship between
logic and mathematics. Is logic mathematics?
609. Chapter I. What Logic is (Logic)
A. MS., n.p., September 23-28, 1908, pp. 1-23, plus
2 rejected pp.
The need for technical terminology. Local sign (after
Lotze's "Lokal-zeichen"). Comparison of Kant
and Leibniz as logicians. The first impressions of
sense are caused by real external objects. CSP thinks
of himself as a Berkeleyian.
610. Logic. Introduction (Logic. Introd.)
A. MS., n.p., October 24 - November 28, 1908, pp. 1-10,
plus 4 pp. dated October 22 and 24.
Introductory remarks to a textbook on logic, which will
be concerned with both theory and practice. A discussion
of literary and philosophical styles.
611. Chapter I. Common Ground (Logic)
A. MS., n.p., October 28-31, 1908, pp. 6-25.
That which is named by a noun is everything that could
possibly be said of it. Definition of "nothing"
as "that which is indistinct in being." Indefinite
descriptions. Logical departures from grammatical usage.
The term "phaneron" introduced. The nineteenth-century
German logicians.
612. Chapter I. Common Ground (Logic)
A. MS., n.p., November 2-15, 1908, pp. 6-32, 32, 32-38;
plus 19 pp. of variants. Phaneron. Definition of "determination."
Property of word "after." Meaning as the
general name of any sort of sign. Proper names.
613. Logic. Book I. Analysis of Thought. Chapter I.
Common Ground. (Logic I.i)
A. MS., n.p., November 16-18, 1908, pp. 1-4.
The basis of common understanding required before an
author's mind can act upon his reader's. Moral conduct:
conduct that is approved upon reflection.
614. Logic. Book I. Analysis of Thought. Ch. I. Common
Ground. (Logic I.i)
A. MS., n.p., November 17-20, 1908, pp. 1-12, 3, 5-6,
and variants.
The common ground between author and reader: the English
language and the familiar knowledge of the ordinary
truths of human life. The exercise of control over
our conduct: the most important business of life. The
modus operandi of control. Psychology and observation.
Not every observation about the human mind is a psychological
observation. Remarks on modern science.
615. Logic. Book I. Analysis of Thought. Chapter I.
Common Ground. (Logic I.i)
A. MS., n.p., November 28-December 1, 1908, pp. 1-29,
with 8 pp. of variants.
Definition of "logic," and the pitfalls encountered
on the way to a definition. Derivation of the term
"science." For CSP, science refers to the
collective and cooperative undertakings of men who
have devoted themselves to inquiries of a general kind.
Logic depends neither upon any special science nor
upon metaphysics. Logic presupposes a number of truths
derivable from ordinary experience or observation.
These truths, handed down from the prescientific age
as common sense, are not the truths of any special
science or of science in general. Remarks on classification
of the sciences.
616. An Appraisal of the Faculty of Reasoning (Reason)
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 1-11, with a rejected p. 9.
An attempt to answer the query: Assuming the existence
on another planet of a race of "high psychical
development," would that race be able to reason
as man does? Digressions on a defense of instinct and
on testing, by means of mathematical examples, the
reasoning power of superior minds apparently deficient
in mathematical aptitude.
617. (Reason)
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 4-18
Mathematics and reasoning. Enigma: the inability of
superior minds to grasp mathematical reasoning. Analysis
of logical operations involved in a simple piece of
mathematical reasoning. CSP notes which of these logical
operations the gifted but unmathematical mind cannot
perform. Exact reasoning and common sense. Should accuracy
of thought give way to sound instinct and wholesome
feeling?
618. Introduction (Meaning Introd.)
A. MS., n.p., March 28-29, 1909, pp. 1-3, incomplete.
This is one of several attempts by CSP in 1909 to write
an introduction to a collection of his papers on pragmatism.
This introduction defines "science" in terms
of what it is that animates the true scientist; namely,
the dedicated search for truth for its own sake. CSP
rejects both the Aristotelian notion that science is
syllogistically demonstrated knowledge and the notion
that science is systematized knowledge. Reference to
Lady Welby's "significs."
619. Studies in Meaning (Meaning)
A. MS., G-1909-1, March 25-28, pp. 1-14, with 2 rejected
pp.
Only the first paragraph published, with minor editorial
changes, as 5.358n*. Autobiographical material: persons
with whom the Peirce family were acquainted; CSP and
his father; CSP's emotional instability; CSP's early
interest in chemistry and his discovery of Whately's
Logic at the age of 13; the study of Schiller's Aesthetische
Briefe, followed by a study of Kant's Critique of Pure
Reason and Prolegomena, out of which came CSP's lifelong
devotion to the study of logic. Members of the Metaphysical
Club.
* 620. Essays Toward the Interpretation of our Thoughts.
My Pragmatism (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., G-1909-1, April 6-May 24, 1909, pp. 1-51 (pp.
40-41 missing), with 45 pp. of variants.
Only the first sentence of the "Preface" published
(7.313n1). CSP's intellectual autobiography: the Metaphysical
Club and the influence of Chauncey Wright and Nicholas
St. John Green on his thinking. Abbot, who attended
but one meeting of the Metaphysical Club, heard CSP
on that occasion arguing in favor of Scholastic realism.
Half a generation later, Abbot, in a book entitled
"Scientific Theism" urged the same opinion.
CSP recalls the occasion of writing the 1877-78 articles
for the Popular Science Monthly. Pragmatism and pragmatisism
distinguished. The fallibility of human reasoning.
Sound reasoning and moral virtue. The plight of university
instruction in logic. Whewell and J. S. Mill. Biographical
notes on Duns Scotus and Ockham. Realism versus nominalism.
Nominalism, concludes CSP, leads to absolute sceptisism.
The meaning of "real"; the meaning of "universal."
621. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., May 24-September 1, 1909, pp. 21-36.6,
with 2 rejected pp.; plus pp. 37-42.
This manuscript continues p. 20 of MS. 620. The nominalism-realism
controversy. Auguste Comte and J. S. Mill.
622. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., May 26-June 3, 1909, pp. 34-70 (p. 50
missing), 42-43, 51, and fragments.
History of logic: Mill's nominalism; individualism as
only one particular variety of nominalism; Bolzano's
treatise on logic; Boole's logic; Augustus De Morgan;
and the logicians, A. B. Kempe and Josiah Royce.
623. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., G-1909-1, June 5-7, 1909, pp. 43-50.
Published, in part, as 1.27 (pp. 48-50). Unpublished:
an historical explanation of the popularity of nominalism
in CSP's day. The union of humanists and Ockhamists
in opposition to the position of Duns Scotus.
624. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., June 7, 1909, pp. 51-56, with a rejected
p. 53.
Essence of the method of science lies in hypotheses
whose predictions turn into verifications. Mill and
the false doctrine of nominalism. Law of the Uniformity
of Nature and Mill's attempt to justify it by induction.
Doctrine of chances.
625. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., June 12-24, 1909, pp. 51-58, 58-82, incomplete.
Mill and nominalism. What makes nominalism attractive?
Mill's contradictory position: he holds with Pearson
and Poincare, on the one side, and yet he stands with
Whately on induction, on the other side. The Uniformity
of Nature Principle. CSP regards inference as possible
only because of real connections in re. Characteristics
of mathematical reasoning.
626. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., June 12, 1909, pp. 52-56.
Alternate draft of pp. 52-56 of MS. 625.
627. (Meaning Pragmatism)
A. MS., n.p., June 14, 1909, pp. 59-65.
Probable continuation of pp. 51-58 of MS. 625.
628. Studies in the Meanings of our Thought. What is
the Aim of Thinking? considered in Two Chapters. Chapter
I. The Fixation of Belief (Meaning)
A. MS., n.p., March 1909, pp. 1-2, 2-5.
The aim of reasoning: "to find out, from the consideration
of matters and things already known, something else
that we had not before known." Good reasoning
gives true conclusions from true premises.
629. Studies in the Meanings of Our Thoughts. What is
the Aim of Thinking, considered in Two Chapters. Chapter
I. The Fixation of Belief (Meaning)
A. MS., n.p., March 1909, pp. 1-2.
The importance of studying logic. Brief comment on the
history of instruction in logic.
630. Studies of Meaning (Meaning)
A. MS., n.p., March 22-25, 1909, pp. 1, 3-6; plus an
alternative p. 2 and an unnumbered page.
Reference to the Popular Science Monthly articles of
1877-78 and the formulation of a principle called "pragmatism."
Disagreement with James who pressed the matter of pragmatism
"further than Mr. Peirce, who continues to acknowledge,
not the existence, but yet the reality of the Absolute,
as set forth, for example, by Royce." The Metaphysical
Club and some of its leading members. CSP's intellectual
development. The purpose (and the success) of CSP's
attempt to master several of the special sciences.
631. Preface (Meaning Preface to the Volume)
A .MS., n.p., August 24, 1909, pp. 1-4 (for p. 5, see
MS. 632).
CSP writes of his many undertakings in science, ranging
from chemistry to the history of science. He speaks
of his own natural powers of mind as "rather below
than above mediocrity," but mentions that his
three strongest points have been "self-criticism,
persistence, and logical analysis."
632. Preface (Meaning Preface to the Book)
A. MS., n.p., August 24-29, 1909, pp. 1-27, plus fragments.
CSP's estimation of his own mental powers. He speaks
of having heard "the most extravagant estimates
placed upon my mental powers." ". . . my
principal deficiency, which is that my brain is small.
This renders me incapable of thoroughly grasping together
any considerable number of details; and one consequence
is that I do not readily pass from one subject, or
occupation of thought, to another; whence my persistency."
Linguistic expression is not natural to CSP, who claims
never to think in words, but always in some kind of
diagram. His difficulties with foreign languages. "In
college, I received the most humiliating marks for
my themes.... My amicable teacher Professor Francis
James Child . . . thought I took no pains. But I did."
CSP attributes his awkwardness of linguistic expression
to his left-handedness, noting that he once wrote with
facility right-handed. To grasp what abstract thought
is about requires more than reading about doing something
- it requires actually doing it. The "literary"
habit - CSP's term for it - is ruinous.
633. Preface (Meaning Preface to the volume)
A. MS., n.p., September 4-6, 1909, pp. 1.1-1.8.
Logical and psychological analysis sharply separated,
without minimizing the importance of either. Logic
does not rest upon psychology, although it is true
to say that in the synthetical (methodeutic) part of
logic, certain psychological principles ought to be
considered. Logic does appeal, however, to mathematics,
phenomenology, and esthetics.
634. Preface (Meaning Preface to the Book)
A. MS., n.p., September 8-17, 1909, pp. 1-27, with 3
pp. rejected; plus p. 1 of an earlier draft, dated
September 7, 1909.
Criticism of the current psychological approach to logic.
Ultimate assurance of the truth of the conclusion of
any reasoning is faith in the governance of the universe
by an Active Reason. The distinction between object
of thought and the object thought about. The real object,
unlike the object of thought, is not subject to the
modifications of thought. Logic as general semiotic;
logic considers signs in general. Relationship among
object, sign, interpretant. Signs as substitutes for
objects and capable of interpretation through the mind.
Nothing is able to represent itself exclusively.
635. (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., September 19 - October 2, 1909, pp. 2-7.7,
8-8 2/3 (p. 8 following p. 7.1), 6-8 (p. 6 following
p. 5 of the first sequence).
Logic and psychology. Logic is not concerned with what
passes in consciousness, and no person's confidence
in an argument is any sure sign of the argument's validity.
Doctrine of chances serves to illustrate these points.
636. (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., September 22-30, 1909, pp. 6-31, plus
2 pp. of variants.
Whether there is any reason for absolute faith. Kant's
criticism of Aristotle (<ber die falsche Spitzfindigkeit
de vier syllogistischen Figuren") is deemed ludicrous.
Kant makes validity of inference dependent on the manner
in which facts are thought rather than on the facts
themselves. The relationship between logic and psychology.
The distinction between "assertion" and "urtheil."
637. (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., October 3-13, 1909, pp. 9-36, 27-30, 28-29,
31-36.
Tendency to guess right (but not necessarily on the
first guess). Pure logic supports the general assertion
that a cautious presumption may be credited if no contrary
evidence is available. The discussion of such presumptions
is relegated to methodeutic. Criticism of Kant's criticism
of Aristotle (Kant's "<ber die falsche Spitzfindigkeit
der vier syllogistische Figuren"). Criticism of
Sigwart's views that existence is the only form of
reality, that any inference from thought to real objects
is invalid, and that we know immediately our own thought.
Unity of thought as consisting in the continuity of
the life of a growing idea. An introduction to CSP's
theory of signs which doesn't get beyond the elementary
distinctions of the theory. Iconic, indexical, and
symbolic signs.
638. (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., October 4-6, 1909, pp. 14-21.
Justification of retroduction. Pure logic encourages
inquiry based on hypotheses which we accept on impulse.
Practical and scientific retroduction.
639. Essays on Meaning. Preface (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., October 20, [1909], pp. 1-4.
Condemnation of present day logicians. The importance
of restoring logic as the foundation of a liberal education
(as was the case in medieval times).
640. Essays on Meaning. Preface (Meaning Preface)
A. MS., n.p., October 22-23, 1909, pp. 1-12 (with several
other pages fitting into the sequence).
The division of logic into three studies: universal
grammar, critic, and methodeutic. Mill's distinction
between connotation and denotation discussed. CSP's
opposition to the leading schools of logic of his day
that tie rationality to human consciousness by regarding
human consciousness as the author of rationality. For
CSP, there is no distinction more momentous than that
between "is" and "would be."
641. Significs and Logic (Significs and Logic)
A. MS., n.p., November 3-18, 1909, pp. 1-24 25/26, plus
4 pp. (November 2-23).
Purpose: analysis of the relations between semeiotic
(physiology of signs) and logic (theory of reasoning).
Meaning of "argument." Doctrine of chances.
Nominalism and realism. The meaning of the word "real."
CSP refers to his review of Frazer's edition of Berkeley,
in which he took the qualified realist position of
Duns Scotus. Here CSP comes out for an unqualified
version of realism. CSP regards himself as a disciple
of Berkeley, although he is opposed to Berkeley's denial
of matter as well as to his nominalism. The distinction
between God's reality and God's existence. God's reality,
apart from the question of God's existence, canont
be doubted by anyone who meditates upon the question.
Belief in God is a natural instinct. The nature of
God: God is both intelligible and incomprehensible.
All atheists are nominalists. Is nominalism consistent?
Substance and accident. Indefiniteness: The indefinite
is not subject to the principle of contradiction. Modal
logic. Analogy between modes of being and modes of
meaning. Biographical material: CSP writes of the conferences
in Paris of leading geodesists, and he recalls an incident
involving Sylvester.
642. Significs and Logic (Significs and Logic)
A. MS., n.p., November 25-28, 1909, pp. 8-25.
This manuscript continues the preceding one. The meaning
of "real." The distinction between the externality
and internality of fact supported by common sense.
Signification of reality compared with externality
of fact. Three kinds of modality. The three modes of
assertion of law, of actual fast, of freedom. Principle
of excluded middle does not apply to assertions of
law; principle of contradiction does not apply to assertions
of freedom. Both principles apply to assertions of
actual fast. Sophistries of nominalism. Some of Locke's
views present difficulties for CSP.
643. Studies of Logical Analysis, or Definition (Definition
1st notes)
A. MS., n.p., December 12-13, 1909, pp. 1-7, incomplete.
Purpose: discovery of the methods of dissecting the
meaning of a sign. Meanings and chemical substances.
The notion of valence, or attachment (the "pegs"
of CSP's existential graphs). The difference between
various attachments of a concept and the valences of
carbon: The attachments are unlike each other; the
valences are not qualitatively different. Is it the
case that we always think in signs? Signs and ideas.
644. On Definition or The Analysis of Meaning (Definition:
2nd Draught)
A. MS., n.p., December 21, 1909, 1 p.
What it means to say that anything is dependent. What
it means to say that any predicate is essentially true.
Importance of the notion of "would be" for
philosophy.
645. How to Define (Definition: 3rd Draught)
A. MS., n.p., December 22 - January 12, 1910, pp. 1-26,
with a variant p. 20.
Three studies distinguished (phaneroscopy, logic, and
psychology) and their order of dependence established.
Feeling, volition, and thought. In regard to feeling,
Hume is in error, for he is committed to the view that
vividness is an element of a sensequality. The three
modes of separating the elements of a thought-object
are precision, dissociation, and discrimination. Volition
and purpose. Resemblances as residing in the interpretation
of secondary feelings. CSP's essential conservatism.
He warns, however, that self-criticism, carried too
far, leads to exaggerated distrust.
646. (Definition: 4th Draught)
A. MS., n.p., January 13 - February 13, 1910, pp. 7-58,
with 16 pp. of variants.
Syntax of thought. Traditional as opposed to the modern
logic of relatives. An inconsistenty noted in Aristotle's
conception of a universal proposition. CSP s algebra
of logic: Positive and negative terms are distinguished,
with "positiveness" defined.
647. Definition (Definition: 5th Draught, or new, or
new draught, or new work)
A. MS., n.p., February 16-26, 1910, pp. 1-26, with 22
pp. of variants.
Three grades of clearness of apprehension. Application
of the pragmatic maxim to the notion of probability.
Laplace's conception of probability. CSP's distinction
between fact and occurrence: A fact is as much of the
real universe as can be represented in a proposition;
an occurrence is a slice of the universe. The failure
of both Laplace and Mill to adhere to this distinction.
Distinction between sciential probability and ignorantial
probability. Laplacean theory of probability confuses
the two.
648. Definition
A. MS., n.p., February 27-March 22, 1910, pp. 8-58,
58-60, plus 10 pp. of variants.
Page 8 of this manuscript continues p. 7 of MS. 647,
and is a later draft of that manuscript. Laplace's
definition of "probability." Distinction
between fact and occurrence, with Laplace attributing
probability to occurrences rather than facts. Probability
and states of mind. Background and history of the nominalist-realist
controversy. Key figures in the controversy. Scotists
and Ockhamists. Humanism and nominalism. Prantl's ignorance
of Scholastic logic, especially in his Geschichte der
Logik. The first question to ask of a logician is whether
he is a nominalist or a realist. Eleatic doctrines
and nominalism. Epicurean theory of induction. The
plight of original minds in America.
649. On Definition and Classification (Definition: 6th
Draught)
A. MS., G-1910-1, May 27-April 12, 1910, pp. 1-40, with
3 pp. of variants.
Published, in part, as 1.312 (pp. 12-14). Unpublished:
discussion of the three grades of clearness; an analysis
of the idea of a straight line; on acquiring useful
habits; the bearing of ultimate desires on the art
of conduct. CSP notes that man's real self, or true
nature, is revealed in how a man would act, not in
haste, but after due deliberation. Pleasure and pain
are signs of satisfaction and dissatisfaction; they
are not the satisfactions and dissatisfactions themselves.
Anesthetics and the question whether pain is at all
necessary. The theological problem of evil. Faculty
psychology and the distinctions among knowing, willing,
and feeling.
650. Diversions of Definitions (Essays Definitions)
A. MS., n.p., July 20-August 5, 1910, pp. 1-46, 9-13,
40, 44-45.
Ordinal and cardinal numbers. Cardinal numbers, not
partes orationis, but orationes integrae. System of
existential graphs. Profundity of medieval Scholasticism.
The three parts of the soul, with faculty psychology
regarded as substantially true. Feeling (Firstness).
Brute-will (Secondness). Reasoning (Thirdness).
651. Essays toward the Full Comprehension of Reasonings
(Essays)
A. MS., n.p., July 1910, pp. 1-11, incomplete.
An attempt to devise a plan for the improvement of reasoning,
beginning with the distinction between weak arguments
and unsound ones. All sound arguments are either necessary
or probable. Necessary reasoning is deductive; probable
reasoning can be either inductive or retroductive.
652. Essays toward the Full Comprehension of Reasonings
(Essays Preface)
A. MS., n.p., July 12-17, 1910, pp. 1-27, 16-19.
Purpose: improving the reader's power of reasoning.
Criticism of German logic. Distinction between weak
and unsound arguments. Necessary and probable reasoning.
Probable reasoning as either inductive or retroductive.
The three orders of induction are quantitative, qualitative
and crude (simple enumeration). Qualitative induction
mistaken for retroduction. Brief comments on the history
of astronomy. CSP regards Kepler's investigation of
the motions of the planets as the greatest feat of
inductive reasoning ever accomplished. Fallibilism
and the propositions of mathematics, logic, and ethics;
fallibilism and common sense.
653. Exercises in Definition, or Analysis of Concepts
(Essays and Concept Analysis)
A. MS., n.p., July 20, 1910, 1 p.
654. Essays (Essays 1st Pref.)
A. MS., n.p., August 17-19, 1910, pp. 1-7, 2-3.
Note: This manuscript was meant to serve as a "Preface,"
with MS. 632 serving as the "Introduction."
Comments on Arnauld's L'art de penser and on the Port
Royal Logic. All reasoning consists in interpreting
signs; all thought is in signs. System of existential
graphs: the simplest system capable of expressing exactly
every possible assertion. Definition of "sign."
655. Quest of Quest (QQ)
A. MS., n.p., August 26-September 7, 1910, pp. 1-37.
An inquiry into the question of what makes inquiry successful.
On terminology. Requirements for studying philosophy
are mastery of Euclid's Elements and mastery of common
Greek, medieval Latin, English and German. Definition
of "science." The distinction between descriptive
and explanatory science. The classification of the
sciences. The division of the theoretical sciences
into mathematics, philosophy, and idioscopy; the division
of philosophy into phaneroscopy, normative science,
and metaphysics. Truth and reality. Similarity of CSP's
and James's viewpoints accounted for by the common
acceptance of cognitionism, a position which derives
from their teacher Chauncey Wright. But CSP questions
James on the notion of the satisfactory. Remarks by
CSP on his special talent and what it is that motivates
him.
656. (Q/Q)
A. MS., n.p., September 9-10, 1910, pp. 1-7.
Note: Q/Q is the first revision of QQ (MS. 655). Terminological
questions in connection with science and philosophy.
The importance of definition for both philosophy and
mathematics.
657. Preface (QQ Preface)
A. MS., n.p., September 16, 1910, pp. 1-6.
The author of a new book ought to give an account of
himself. CSP writes of the size of his brain "a
triffe under" average and his belief that it
is unusually convoluted. He acknowledges that he is
"ill adapted" for the everyday world, strong
in whatever is abstract but lacking in everyday gumption.
658. The Ground Plan of Reason (G)
A. MS., n.p., October 1-3, 1910, pp. 1-6.
Man shares with the lower animals the capacity to feel.
How, then, shall we describe feeling? The question
is left unanswered.
659. The Rationale of Reason (G')
A. MS., n.p., October 7-22, 1910, pp. 1-41.
Feeling and effort. Faculty psychology and the division
of the soul into three parts: feeling, volition, and
cognition. Meaning of "faculty" as habitual
possibility. Meaning of "person" as any animal
that has command of some syntactical language. Problems
of terminology. The law of time. Meaning of "real.
"
660. On the Foundation of Ampliative Reasoning (AR)
A. MS., n.p., October 24-28, 1910, pp. 1-23, incomplete.
Explicative and ampliative reasoning. Laplace and Mill
on induction. Distinction between uniformity (what
does happen) and law (what was compelled to happen).
Criticism of Laplace's treatment of probability. CSP's
views correspond to those of Venn, but derived independently.
The notion of "equally possible." (Cf. "objective
probability" in Venn, Logic of Chance, 1866.)
CSP gives 1864 as the year he arrived at his conception
of probability.
661. (AR1)
A. MS., n.p., November 3-13, 1910, pp. 11-15.2, 15-19,
15-111, 110-111, 112-114.
What it means to say that all explicative reasoning
is necessary and all necessary reasoning explicative.
Logical critic and comments on the Aristotelian logic.
Fallibilism and propositions about the meanings of
words.
662. (ARM)
A. MS., n.p., November 14-17, 1910, pp. 1-12, 4-7.
Mathematical reasoning illustrated.
663. The Rationale of Reasoning (ARN)
A. MS., n.p., November 17-19g, 1910, pp. 1-17, incomplete;
plus p. l of another start.
'The need for stricter rules of nomenclature. Meaning
of the word "real." The three modes of reality
are would-be's, existents, and can-be's. Berkeley's
confusion of "being perceived" with "capable
of being perceived." Tendency as denoting a real
would-be.
664. The Rationale of Reasoning (AR)
A. MS., n.p., November 22-30, 1910, pp. 1-21, with 7
pp. of variants.
Problems of terminology. Definitions of "breadth"
and "depth," both of which presuppose the
definition of "proposition." Proposition
and assertion. Positive truth and reality. Kant's distinction
between knowledge drawn from experience and knowledge
that begins in experience. Verbal knowledge.
665. The Rationale of Reasoning (AR)
A. MS., n.p., December 2-3, 1910, pp. 1-5, incomplete.
Conjunction. The origin of the term "premiss,"
with a reference to Sir James Murray's article in the
Oxford Dictionary.
666. (AR)
A. MS., n.p., December 2-3, 1910, pp. 2-3, 5-6.
Earlier draft of MS. 665.
667. The Rationale of Reasoning (AR)
A. MS., n.p., December 8-12, 1910, pp. 1-11, with 3
pp. of variants.
Meaning of "reasoning," with reasoning regarded
as essentially an interpretation of signs. Common sense
and the soundness of reasoning. Meaning of "knowledge."
Nature of probability.
668. (AR)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-18, 20 (possibly of another
draft).
Inference and reasoning. Whether any judgment can be
absolutely certain. Degrees of belief. Descartes' "Cogito
ergo sum." A digression on the failure of people
of wealth to support the science of reasoning.
669. Assurance Through Reasoning (A Thr R)
A. MS., n.p., May 25-June 2, 1911, pp. 1-22, with 2
pp. of variants.
Necessary and probable deduction. Existential graphs:
syntax and permissions.
670. Assurance Through Reasoning (A Thru R)
A. MS., n.p., June 7-17, 1911, pp. 1-32, with 4 pp.
of variants.
Necessary and probable deduction. Syntax of existential
graphs. Essential nature of a sign.
671. First Introduction
A. MS., n.p., [c.1911], pp. 1-20; 4-13 of another draft.
The powers of the mind are feeling, causing an action,
taking on and abandoning habits. Habit explained in
terms of the reality of a general fact about possible
conduct; that is, in terms of the reality of would-be's.
CSP lists philosophers who are opposed to his realism.
Negation and contradiction.
672. Second Essay. On the Essence of Reasoning and its
Chief Varieties (II)
A. MS., n.p., [c.1911], pp. 1-6.
These pages were to supersede the 6th article of the
Popular Science Monthly series of 1878, of which the
first two articles were to appear as Part I and Part
II of the "First Essay." These pages concern
the false dichotomy of reason and instinct as well
as the question whether animals reason. CSP thinks
animals do reason, and offers two illustrations.
673. A Sketch of Logical Critic
A. MS., G-c.1911-1, pp. 1-47, with 16 pp. of variants.
Published, in part, as 6.177-184 (pp. 21-44). Omitted:
an explanation of logical critic and a definition of
"reasoning." The parallel between the exercise
of logical self-criticism and the exercise of moral
self-criticism. Logical instinct. The triad of normative
sciences. The dependence of logic upon ethics, and
both upon esthetics. How habits are created. Comte's
classification of the sciences. CSP's threefold division
of the sciences: heuretic, tagmatic, and practical.
674. A Sketch of Logical Critic
A. MS., n.p., [c.1911], pp. 1-15, with 6 pp. of variants.
On "criticism." Liberal education. Law of
habit: CSP's hypothesis, held since 1880, that the
law of habit in conjunction with events absolutely
uncaused (except by a creative act of God) is all that
is required to explain the universe in all its details.
675. A Sketch of Logical Critic
A. MS., n.p., [c.1911], pp. 1-28, 12-20, and 30 pp.
of variants.
"Logical critic" explained. Syllogistic recollection;
unthought thought, belief and reality; belief as essentially
a satisfaction, but not necessarily pleasant. The classification
of the sciences and the place of logical critic among
the sciences. The normative sciences; esthetics; logic
as the science of symbols. The doctrine of signs and
the division of signs into icons, indices, and symbols.
676. A Sketch of Logical Critics
A. MS., n.p., [c.1911], pp. 1 -6.
The meaning of "critics" and "logical
critics." Definition of "sign."
677. A Sketch of Logical Critic
A. MS., n.p., [C.1911], pp. 1-5, plus 2 pp. of two other
attempts to begin the essay.
Explanation of "critic." Art and science.
The classification of the sciences.
678. The Art of Reasoning Elucidated
A. MS., n.p., "late in 1910" (p. 26), pp.
1-29, 14-35, with 2 pp. of variants.
Proposal to accomplish seven things in this essay, ranging
from a discussion of the different kinds of reasoning
to an application of reasoning to the pressing problems
of the day. Love of truth as a prerequisite for reasoning
well; lover of truth versus lover of knowledge; the
three passions for wide knowledge, deep knowledge,
and accurate knowledge equated with love of learning,
love of knowledge, and love of scientific economy (pp.
1-29). Method of reasoning as man's (as opposed to
woman's) way to truth; thinking as "talking"
with oneself; the principles of contradiction and excluded
middle; real and ratiocinative modality (pp. 14-35).
679. The Art of Reasoning Elucidated
A. MS., n.p., [1910], pp. 1-12, unfinished, with a variant
p. 11.
An earlier draft of MS. 678. CSP proposes to do seven
things in this essay, but the essay breaks off at this
point.
680. Analysis of the Trustworthiness of the Different
Kinds of Reasonings
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 1-26, incomplete, with 18 pp.
of variants.
Essay is directed toward boys between the ages of twelve
and eighteen who think. The mind-body distinction.
The three classes of psychical, physical, and psychophysical.
The three elements in all psychical phenomena. Analysis
of the state of awareness in terms of its three ingredients.
Consciousness of contrast and awareness of change.
Triadic distinction of actual fast, may be, and would
be. History of the principles of contradiction and
excluded middle. Reality of can-be's and would-be's
as well as actual facts and existing things. Would-be's
related to dispositions and habits.
681. A Study of How to Reason Safely and Efficiently
A. MS., n.p., 1913, pp. 1-47, with a variant p. 7.
Reasoning and sensation. Mixed and unmixed sensations.
Esthetic quality attached to reasoning well. The notion
of "elegance" in mathematics. Volition and
attention. Awareness of acquiring a habit is the third
mode of consciousness. What "habit" means.
Reasoning as the process of consciously acquiring a
belief from previous ones. In defense of trichotomists.
CSP records that he does not know and has never inquired
whether there is any connection between his own trichotomy
and the Divine Trinity, but maintains there is nothing
mysterious about his trichotomy. What "real"
means. Long footnote on Prantl's Geschichte der Logik
im Abendlande.
682. An Essay toward Improving Our Reasoning in Security
and in Uberty
A. MS., n.p., [c.1913], pp. 1-53, with 10 pp. of variants.
Defense of final causes. Ratiocination and instinct.
CSP is guided by the following maxim: Define all mental
characters as far as possible in terms of their outward
manifestations. This maxim is roughly equivalent to
the rule of pragmatism. It can be said to aid security
but not uberty of reasoning. "Yet the maxim of
Pragmatism does not bestow a single smile upon beauty,
upon moral virtue, or upon abstract truth, the three
things that alone raise Humanity above Animality."
The science of psychology is of no help in laying the
foundations of a sane philosophy of reasoning, and
precisely why CSP believes this to be so.
683. [An Essay toward Improving Our Reasoning in Security
and in Uberty]
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 4-38, 12-28, and 16 pp. of variants.
Another version of MS. 682. Mathematical and necessary
reasoning. Preference for the word "uberty"
over "fruitfulness." The necessity for technical
terminology. CSP's ignorance of esthetics, with Schiller's
Aesthetische Briefe mentioned as the only book he has
read on the subject. But CSP writes of his keen but
uncultivated sense of beauty. To illustrate this, he
notes works of literature he admires. He also notes
that there is little of the artist in him, his own
literary style testifying to that. The history of scientific
investigation of the problems of ethics. Sir Edward
Herbert, Hobbes, Cumberland. The meaning of the word
"real." Modalities.
684. A Study of Reasoning in its Security and its Uberty
A. MS., n.p., August 26-31, 1913, pp. 1-13 (p. 8 missing),
with 6 pp. of variants.
CSP planned to send copies to Royce, Dewey, Whitehead,
and "even to the supercilious Bradley." Reasoning
as a branch of endeavor, with an explanation of what
is meant by "branch." A long digression on
astronomy.
685. The Art of Reasoning Regarded from the Point of
View of A. D. 1913. Book I. The Foundations of the
Art. Introduction.
A. MS., n.p., 1913, pp. 1-29 (continuous in spite of
two p. 28s).
Mathematics is a prerequisite for the study of logic.
History of mathematics, especially counting. The notion
of "elegance," with true elegance regarded
as a variety of economy. The duties and methods of
the historian. Was Boethius the author of the geometry
and the theological metaphysics attributed to him?
686. Reflexions upon Reasoning
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 1-9, with a variant p. 7.
"Reality," "state of things," "actuality,"
and "reasoning" defined. Reality is that
aspect of the being of anything which is independent
of the thing's being represented. The trustworthiness
of immediate knowledge (sense perception) testifies
only to this or that single state of things. Reasoning
testifies to the truth that lies beyond our ken. CSP
wonders what the eternal habits are, beyond those which
involve the tridimensionality of space and the general
mutability of time. Satisfactory and unsatisfactory
feelings.
PRACTICAL LOGIC, NOTES, FRAGMENTS
687. Guessing (guessing)
A. MS., G-c.1907-2, pp. 1-35; plus pp. 2-16 of an earlier
draft and 3 pp. of variants.
Published, with deletions, as 7.36-48. The manuscript
was published in The Hound and Horn 2 (April-June,
1929) 267-282. Omitted from Collected Papers were pp.
8-22 (for a partial description of which see 7.40n15)
and pp. 32-33 (the completion of a personal anecdote).
Nature of pure science: questions of pure science handled
differently from practical questions. For practical
matters cultivate instincts! (Anecdote told in support
of this advice.) Decimal and secundal systems of enumeration.
688. Guessing
A. MS., G-c.1907-2, pp. 1-22 (pp. 3-9; 16-18 missing);
plus pp. 1-2 (rejected) of another start.
Only the first two sentences of p. 1 published: 7.36n13.
This is apparently an earlier draft of MS. 690. Moreover
it appears that pp. 3-9 were lifted from here and incorporated
in MS. 690. This is not the case, however, with pp.
16-18, which are still missing. Personal anecdote (same
as in MS. 687).
689. Surmises About Guessing (Guesses)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
CSP gets only as far as introducing himself to his reader.
690. On the Logic of drawing History from Ancient Documents
especially from Testimonies (Logic of History)
A. MS., G-1901-4, pp. 1-263 (continuous although there
are no pp. 35, 137, 191), variant p. 15, a typed copy
(with marginal corrections by CSP) and a lengthy (6
pp.) "Note on Collections" inserted at p.
52.
Published as 7.164-255, with the exception of 7.182n7,
which is from the Lowell Lectures of 1903 (Lecture
VIII), and 7.220n18, which is from MS. 691.
691. On the Logic of drawing History from Ancient Documents
especially from Testimonies (Logic of History)
A. MS., G-1901-4, 221 pp., fragmentary, with pp. running
as high as p. 238. Published, in part, as 7.220n18
(pp. 93-95, with one deletion). CSP added following
note: "These pages are to be used in the chapter
of the Logic treating Deductive Reasoning. But the
theory needs completion." See MS. 1344 for what
appears to be an abstract of this logic.
692. The Proper Treatment of Hypotheses: a Preliminary
Chapter, toward an Examination of Hume's Argument against
Miracles, in its Logic and in its History (Hist. Test.)
A. MS., n.p., 1901, pp. 1-38, 29-40, and 13 pp. of variants.
Opposition to the dualism of reason and instinct. Dogs
can reason on occasions, with an example from CSP's
experience. Rudimentary sense of logic (logica utens)
and the sophisticated sense of logic (logica docens).
Attack on modern books on logic. Precepts and hypotheses.
The three stages in the life of a hypothesis, each
stage governed by entirely different logical principles.
Abduction, deduction, and induction.
* 693. Reason's Conscience: A Practical Treatise on
the Theory of Discovery; Wherein logic is conceived
as Semeiotic
A. MS., six notebooks, n.p., n.d., pp. 2-442 (even numbers
mostly, but text is consecutive), including a rewritten
section.
Notebook I (pp. 2-80). Purpose of book: improving the
reasoning power of students. Pedagogy. Reason and instinct.
Interrelations of the branches of science; ladder of
the sciences, beginning with the science of discovery
and ending with practical science. Notebook II (pp.
82-164). Continues the discussion of the branches of
science begun in Notebook I, concentrating on phenomenology,
normative science, metaphysics, general physics, and
general psychology. The dependence of logic upon the
other normative sciences and upon phenomenology and
mathematics. The relationship of logic to metaphysics
and to psychology. Sound reasoning leads to the maximum
of expectation and the minimum of surprise. Notebook
III (pp. 166-248). Continues the discussion of sound
reasoning specifically and the relationship between
logic and psychology generally. The laws of thought.
Language and linguistics. The ontological argument.
Mathematics and logic; the teaching of mathematics;
instructions for understanding Euclidean geometry.
Note-book IV (pp. 250-322). Continuation of the instructions
for understanding Euclid. Discussion of existential
graphs, with a note by CSP that this discussion was
rewritten in Notebook V. Notebook V (pp. 278-370).
The nature of mathematics. The manner in which two
branches of science may support each other. CSP's speculations
on the possibility of a phenomenology of esthetics,
an esthetics of ethics, an ethics of logic, etc. Notebook
VI (pp. 372-442). Continuation of the discussion of
the usefulness of one science to another. The descriptive
and classificatory sciences. The problem of knowledge:
perceptual knowledge; individuality and classes; unity,
singularity, and individuality distinguished; expectations.
694. The Rules of Right Reasoning (Rules of RR or RRR)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
Introductory. Study of the right methods of reasoning
has occupied CSP for forty-five years. Notes deficiencies
as a writer. His hopes of writing a great work on logic
have given way to his hope of writing a shorter, less
perfect version. CSP offers his plan of simplification.
695. A Practical Treatise on Logic and Methodology
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 18 pp. of several attempts, none
of which go beyond a few pages.
Purpose: establishing maxims for estimating validity
and strength of arguments. Explanation of the use of
the terms "logic" and "methodology."
The function of reason. Genuine doubt and genuine investigation.
696. Practical Maxims of Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 27 pp., of which 4 pp. are in Zina
Fay Peirce’s hand.
Deduction, induction, and hypothesis as practical considerations.
Beware of the syllogism: everything can be explained,
with the syllogism merely making our knowledge more
distinct. With regard to the ontological argument,
every definition implies existence of its object. Random
sampling.
697. Lessons on Practical Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
Concerning the definition of "logic." The
investigation of consequences constitutes logic, with
material and formal consequences distinguished. Suggestions
of possible topics for a course in practical logic.
698. [Maxims of Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-3, 5.
Maxim III: "The object of reasoning is to settle
questions." Maxim IV: "Things are not just
as we choose to think them."
699. [Logical and Mathematical Exercises]
A. MS. and TS., n.p., n.d., 13 pp.
Illustrations of logical doctrine.
700. [Quiz]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
701. [Logical Puzzles]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
702 [Logical Exercises]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
703. Note (Notes on Art. III)
A. MS., G-1910-2, August 11-15, pp. 1-30 (with p. 5
missing); 6, 8-10 of another draft; and pp. 1-2 ("Notes
to CSP's Third Paper in the Pop. Sci. Monthly, 1878,
March").
Published in entirety as 2.661-668 and as 2.645n1. Article
III refers to the third in the Popular Science Monthly
series of 1877-78.
704. Notes to be added to C. S. Peirce’s Third Article
in Pop. Sc. Monthly (Notes No III)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3.
This is a footnote to be inserted on p. 604, line 3,
after the word "evident." General laws in
chemistry; Vant Hoff's general law of mass-action.
705. Notes on the List of Postulates of Dr. Huntington's
#2 (On Postulates)
A. MS., G-c.1904-1, pp. 1-11, 10-12, 10-11.
Published as 4.324-330 (pp. 1-11).
706. [The Concept of Probability]
A. MS., n.p., January 23-31, 1909, pp. 1-31, with 3
pp. of variants.
Remarks on the history of the concept of probability,
noting incidentally that the Greeks had no idea of
such a concept. Pascal's method of treating probability.
Science is raised to a higher level by the "Doctrine
of Chances."
* 707. Note to Sylvester's Papers Vol. I p. 92
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet.
System of dyadic monosynthemes of the 6th order.
708. Reply to Mr. Kempe (K)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-9, 5-7, and 5 pp. of another
draft.
This is a reply to a short article in the Monist of
1897 by A. B. Kempe, which was itself, in part at least,
a reply to CSP's article in the Monist (January 1897).
See 3.468.
709. Note on Kempe's Paper in Vol. XXI of the Proceedings
of the London Mathematical Society
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp 1-6, plus 3 pp.
See MSS. 710-714 for further discussion of Kempe's paper.
710. Notes on Kempe's Paper
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, plus 7 pp.
711 . Notes on Kempe's Paper
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
712. (Kempe)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
713. (Kempe)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
In praise of Kempe's mathematical powers and native
instinct for doing logic, but critical of "his
sad want of training" in logic. Specific criticism
noted.
714. Notes on Kempe's Paper on Mathematical Forms
A. MS., n.p., January 15, 1889, 12 pp.
715. Kempe Translated into English
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
716. [Fragment on Thirdness and Generality]
A. MS., G-c.1895-3, 3 pp.
Published in entirety as 1.340-342.
*717 Chapter II. The Categories
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp. (text is consecutive); plus
24 pp. (fragmentary).
Probably from the period of the Grand Logic. Assertions
about systems of more than three subjects can be reduced
to triadic assertions at most. The whole endeavor to
deny the irreducibility of triadic facts is termed
"nominalism." The realism-nominalism controversy.
Nature of signs. Categoriology. Continuity and continuous
series.
718. [On Continuous Series]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
An attempt to show that the whole series of numbers,
rational and irrational, does not constitute a continuous
series.
719. Chapter I. Certain Fundamental Conceptions
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
Use of term(s) ens (entia). Recourse to Scholastic usage.
The first two principles of logic: (1) something or
other is true of every ens, and (2) for everything
which is true of an ens, something must be true of
a pair of entia of which that is one.
720. Logic. Chapter I.
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
The end of logic is to form a table of categories. Proper
method of deducing the categories. Qualities, relations,
representations distinguished.
721. Chapter I. One, Two, Three
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5, plus 7 pp.
Logic begins with the analysis of the meaning of certain
words of which the first is "is" (copula).
Ens (entia) in Scholasticism. CSP then turns to the
conceptions of one, two, and three before tackling
the conception of independent being, but he gets only
as far as a consideration of quality.
722. Chapter I. Fundamental Notions
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Ens (entia) given the foremost place among logical terms.
Its Scholastic usage.
723. A System of Logic. Chapter I. Syllogism
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6.
The historic origin of logic is the desire to test inferences.
One should begin the study of logic with the syllogism;
terms and propositions should be studied afterwards.
Remarks on Aristotle's definition of "logic"
and on Duns Scotus' views of logic.
724. Logic. Chapter I. Terms
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp. and 2 pp. of an earlier draft.
Representations, symbols, and logic. Two terms are related
to each other with regard to extension, comprehension,
and implication.
725. On Logical Extension and Comprehension
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
CSP comments on his own article of November 13, 1867
(G-1867-1e) and adds a 6th section entitled "Of
Natural Classification," an attempt to say precisely
what a natural class is.
726. An Unpsychological View of Logic to which are appended
some applications of the theory to Psychology and other
subjects
A. MS., n.p., [1865?], 76 pp.
An early work primarily on the intension and extension
of terms which was superseded by "Upon Logical
Comprehension and Extension" (G-1867-1e). Definition
of "logic." Connotation, denotation, and
information. The relationship of comprehension, extension,
and implication summed up in the formula: Extension
x comprehension = implication. Forms of induction and
hypothesis.
727. [Notes on Intension and Extension]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
728. Chapter 2. First Division of Symbols in Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Logic is a classificatory science. Its study should
be preceded by a study of the science of classification.
729. Chapter II.
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
Logic as a classificatory science. Kinds of representation.
730. Logic. Chapter 3.
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
Symbols regarded as terms, propositions, and arguments.
731. Chapter II. Extension, Comprehension, Implication
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp., plus 4 pp. of an earlier
attempt.
732. lntroduction
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-16.
Impressions; precision, discrimination, dissociation;
substance; accident; Being; quality, relation, representation;
ground, correlate, interpretant; formal objects. A
note concerning a nameless philosopher of the 12th
century appears on the verso of one of the pages.
733. Logic. Chapter I
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Every conception is a hypothesis (supposition). Abstraction
as separation in conception as opposed to separation
in fact and in imagination. Conception of Being: Being
distinguished from Dasein.
734. Logic. Chapter 2. Formal Logic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 53 pp.
Explanation of some of the basic terms of formal logic.
The objects of logic are symbols; the business of logic
is the classification of symbols. Logic itself is a
symbol. Symbols: terms, propositions, and arguments.
The syllogism.
735. Logic. The Theory of Reasoning. Part I. Exact Logic. Introduction. What is Logic (EL) A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, 1-5, 1-13, with a title page and a table of contents. Logic is the theory of reasoning and, as such, it is not a branch of psychology (pp. 1-2). Reasoning and common sense (reasoning from the initial propositions of common sense); the relationship between hope and truth (pp. 1-5). A sect of philosophy concerned with deducing the rules of reasoning by mathematics (the achievements of this sect include CSP's contribution of the logic of continuity); Mill's logic; Sigwart and Kant; Hegel's importance to German philosophy; reasoning and signs (pp. 1-13).
736. Qualitative Logic
A. MS., G-undated-11 [1893?], 1 p. (table of contents);
pp. 1-11 (preface); pp. 1-10, 2-4, 1-8 ("Chapter
I. The Association of Ideas"); pp. 1-6, 1-3 ("Chapter
II. The Simple Consequences"); pp. 1-11, 1-8,
and a variant p. 6 ("Chapter III. The Modus Ponens");
pp. 1-48, with 24 pp. of variants ("Chapter IV.
The Syllogism" and "The Traditional Syllogistic");
pp. 1-8 ("Chapter V. The Dilemma"); pp. 1-5
("Chapter V. Dilemmatic Reasoning"); pp.
1-6, 1-2 ("Chapter VI. Logical Extension and Comprehension");
pp. 1-22, with 60 pp. of variants ("Chapter VI.
The Logical Algebra of Boole"); 1 p. ("Chapter
VI. Logical Algebra and Logic of Relatives");
plus 35 pp. of fragments.
Published, in part, as 7.451-457 (Chapter 1, pp. 1-10)
and 7.458-462 (Chapter II, pp. 1-5).
737. Memoir #4. Algebra of Copula
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
738. [On the Quantified Predicate]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
CSP rejects the thesis that the copula of a proposition
expresses primarily the identity relation, noting arguments
in its favor, especially Hamilton's.
*739. [Thought and Feeling]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 30-32.
These pages may be part of a proposed book in logic.
Division of the operations of the understanding into
simple apprehension, judgment, and reasoning. Distinction
between objective and subjective intensity of feeling.
Combination of feelings which, in some cases, is strongly
suggestive of thought.
740. Appendix No. 2
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 43 pp.
The hypothetic and sensational character of simple conceptions:
The Kantian position on space and time is analyzed.
Difference in time is a quantitative, continuous, commutative
ground of disquiparance; difference in space is a quantitative,
continuous, noncommutative ground of disquiparance.
741. [Sheets from a Notebook on Logic]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1860-c.1867], 75 pp.
It is possible to distinguish the following: "On
the Figures and Moods of Logic" (c.1860): induction
as the middle road between a priori and a posteriori
reasoning; the figures of the different kinds of inferences
(7 pp. of an early draft of a work on the Aristotelian
syllogism). "Induction": Aristotle's views
on induction; objection to Hamilton's "logical"
induction; the denotation of subjects and the connotation
of predicates (Sept. 1864, 2 pp.). "Consideration
of the 3rd Argument in favor of the [quantification
of the] predicate" (1867, 1 p.). "On the
Conversion of Quantity" (c.1867, 2 pp.). "Further
Arguments for a Quantified Predicate considered"
(c.1867, 1 p.). "Analogy between Logic and Algebra"
(c.1865, 1 p.). "Problem. To apply algebra to
logic": a numerical interpretation of Boolean
concepts, e.g., a + b = 2 S a and b are two facts (c.1866,
4 pp.). "Propositions of Disquiparance" (c.1866,
2 pp.). "Doctrine of Conversion" (C.1860,
4 pp.). "Quality is the only Quantity belonging
to the Predicate": the distinction between extension
and intension (c.1866, 2 pp. and 4 pp.). "Extension,
Intension, etc." (c.1867, 8 pp.). "The Course
of Expression": the concrete expression of an
idea requires a mode of presentation (c.1867, 2 pp.).
"Quantity of the Figures" (c.1867, 2 pp.).
"Notation: Considerations of the Advantages of
Sir W. H.'s Analytic intended to show that mine has
the same" (c.1867, 4 pp.). "Associative Principle"
(c.1867, 11 pp., of which seven are in the hand of
Zina Fay Peirce). The remainder are fragments and include,
among other topics, notes on the syllogism and on the
relation of extension, intension, and information.
742. Preliminary Sketch of Logic
A. MS., small notebook, n.p., [c.1865].
Argument; leading principle; copula; term.
743. The Rules of Logic logically Deduced
A. MS., n.p., June 23, 1860, 8 pp.
Propositions collate conceptions. Collation is comparison,
and a conclusion is a comparison drawn from two comparisons.
Problematical, apodictic, and assertive propositions.
The application of geometry to logical doctrines.
744. Of the Distinction between a priori and a posteriori
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp., plus a folded page with
the title: "Distinction between a priori and a
posteriori."
Arguments in the first, second, and third figures are
respectively a priori, a posteriori, and inductive.
Table showing logical character of every mood. Logically
a priori conclusions are universal, affirmative, categorical,
apodictic. Logically inductive conclusions are particular,
infinite, hypothetical, assertorial. Logically a posteriori
conclusions are singular, negative, disjunctive, problematical
.
745. [Plan for Sixty Lectures on Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-25, with 17 pp. of other attempts
to state the substance of the lectures.
Brief descriptions of the subjects of each lecture.
The subject matter ranges widely from the physiological
and psychological bases of logic (first lecture) to
anthropomorphic science, physiognomy, art, and natural
theology (sixtieth lecture).
746. [Introductory Remarks to a Course in Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp.
Historical notes on Aristotle and the Stoics. CSP attempts
to answer the question: Is logic a science? His conclusion
is that logic is the science that analyzes method.
747. [Fragments on Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 46 pp.
These fragments may belong to the Johns Hopkins period.
Among the 46 pp. are 7 pp. on the logic of relatives,
one page of which reads: "Chapter IV. The Logic
of Plural Relatives." The remaining pages concern
the derivation of the word "logic," kinds
of inferences, statistical deductions, probability.
*748. Logic: and the Methods of Science. Book I. Formal Logic. Chapter I. The Modus Ponens TS. (corrected), n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2 and 14 pp. of several drafts.
748a. Logic. Chapter I. Of thinking as Cerebration
TS. (corrected), n.p., n.d., pp. 1, 1-7, 1-9, 1-2, 3,
3-6.
748b. [Outline and First Chapter of a Book on Probability]
TS. (corrected), n.p., n.d., 1 p. ("Plan and Object
of this Work"), 1 p. ("Table of Contents"),
pp. 1-8 ("Part I. Descriptions. Chapter I. The
Question in Probability").
748c. [Draft of "The Observational Element in Mathematics"]
TS., n.p., n.d., pp. 4-5 and 3 unnumbered pages.
748d. The Settlement of Opinion
TS., n.p., n.d., pp. 9-10, variant of 5.377.
749. [What logic is]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 10 pp.
Is logic a science or an art? Does logic have a practical
aim? If so, what is that aim? The various schools
of logic (transcendental, seientific, etc.).
750. Logic I.
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, incomplete.
The essence of the distinction between good and bad
reasoning does not lie, as Sigwart believes, in a
difference of feeling. It is a matter of fact.
751. [Lecture on Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
Part of a lecture series. The independence of logic
from psychology. Logic and artificial languages. Deduction,
induction, and retroduction.
752. [Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., March 15, 1914, 3 pp. and 1 p.
One of the last of CSP's manuscripts, it deals with
the three orders of reasoning (deduction, induction,
and retroduction) and with the limits of CSP's confidence
in science.
753. [Reasoning] A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 3-7 and a
variant p. 5.
Draft of G-1907-1. Presumably for a lecture on the three
kinds of reasoning. Examples of induction. Lutoslawski's
and CSP's researches on Plato.
754. Second Talk to the Phil. Club [and] Second Talk.
On Deduction
A. MS., n.p., April 12, 1907, 2 folded sheets.
On the three kinds of reasoning (deduction, induction,
retroduction). Method for the discovery of methods.
Corollarial reasoning. Hypotheses of pure mathematics.
The adventitious character of CSP's logical gift.
755. [On the Three Kinds of Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-19, 9-23, with variants.
Drafts of beginning of CSP's "Little Book on Religion,"
c.1911: natural gift of understanding, common sense
and self-deception, belief and conduct.
756. Retroduction (Retr)
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 1-9, 1-5.
The three kinds or stages of inquiry illustrated.
757. What is Reasoning
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 14 pp.; plus 2 copies of 2 pp. each
(not in CSP's hand) and a TS. of 7 pp. An elementary
exposition of necessary and probable reasoning.
758. (Aristotle 9, Aristotle 10)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp., incomplete.
A lecture on inference, with all elementary inferences
divided into three classes. Is the division into three
classes natural?
759. (B)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3.
On the modes of necessary inference.
760. [Necessary Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
761. Examples of Probable Reasoning
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
Possibly a test question. The reader is asked to draw
a conclusion (probable) from a set of four facts presented
to him.
762. [Plan for a Work on Probability]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p. (plan); 1 p. of what may be
the start of the proposed work; pp. 7-15 (not in CSP's
hand).
763. The Doctrine of Chances
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3; 1-2 (New).
Introductory comments only. Ancient inquiries into the
nature of probability.
* 764. [Probability and Induction]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 99 pp.
The topics of these fragments range widely from CSP's
comment on his habit of thinking in the syntax of existential
graphs to discussions of probability, orders of induction
(crude, quantitative, qualitative), the divisions of
deduction as corollarial and theorematic; introduction
of the term "adduction," with a note that
the adductions of Socrates were of a crude order. Also
notes on the history of logic (Aristotle, Bacon, English
logicians) and reflections on the meaning of "pragmatism,"
and its connection with signs and habits. In regard
to the origins of the word "pragmatism,"
CSP writes: "It was about 1870 - I don't think
it could have been as late as 1872 - that I invented
the word...."
765. Lecture II
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet.
On the theory of induction. Hamilton and Mansel. Aristotle's
notion of induction .
766. Synopsis of the Discussion of the Ground of Induction
(S)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3, incomplete.
Criticism of the view that the probability of inductive
conclusions is calculated by inverse probabilities.
CSP takes the position that "in inductive reasoning
the fact stated in the conclusion does not follow from
the facts stated in the premises with any definite
probability, but that from the manner in which the
facts stated in the premises have come to our knowledge
it follows that in assigning to a certain ratio of
frequency the value concluded we shall be following
a rule of conduct which must operate to our advantage
in the long run."
767. [Fragments on Induction and Abduction]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
768. Statistical Deduction
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
769. Logic of Science
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 24 pp. of several starts.
Definition of "logic." Marks of the 1st, 2nd,
and 3rd orders. The mark of representation is of the
3rd order.
770. The Logic of Science
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6, with variants.
The meaning of "logic of science." Absurdity
of a common sense logic, with accompanying remarks
on common sense in general. Intimate connection between
reasoning and morality. On the richness of various
languages, with special praise for Greek.
771. Essays on the Rationale of Science
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-3; 1-3; 1-3, and a variant
p. 2 and an unnumbered page. Autobiographical note
concerning the publication of the Popular Science articles
of 1877-78.
772. [Physical Laws]
A. MS., n.p., [c.1873], pp- 2-7.
Draft of N-1873-1. Scientific theories and inductive
processes. The way in which physicists provide definitions
in terms of mass, space, and time. Law of nature is
a general relation connecting measures of different
quantities.
773. Third Lecture on Methodeutic
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet.
CSP opens his lecture with an apology for the lecture
of the previous evening and with a proof he failed
to provide on that occasion. Theoric deduction as creative
(its object is not an existing thing, but an ens rationis
which is just as real). Object and interpretant of
a sign. Three grades of induction.
774. Ideas, Stray or Stolen, about scientific writing.
No. 1 (Rh. Sc.)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-16.
Semeiotics. Speculative rhetoric. A universal art of
rhetoric acknowledged as an ens in posse, Ordinary
rhetoric should be modified by way of special studies.
These studies yield the various rhetorics of fine arts,
speech and language, science. The rhetoric of science
is subdivided into rhetorics of communication of discoveries,
scientific digests, and applications of science for
special purposes.
775. Jottings on the Language of Science. No. 1 or Ideas,
stray or stolen, about scientific writing. No. 1 (Rh.
Sc.)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-14.
Earlier draft of MS. 774.
776. The Rhetoric of Scientific Communications (Rhetoric
of Sci or Rh of Sci)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6, 4-5.
The problem of communicating discoveries. Scientific
terminology. The best types of titles for scientific
papers.
777. Plan of an Essay on the Rhetoric of Scientific
Communication in two parts of ten of these Ms. pages
each. Part I. General. Part II. Special
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
Semeiotics. Universal rhetoric.
778. [Late Fragments on Logic and Science]
A. MS., n.p., [c. 1909], pp. 5-15.
From a rambling lecture touching on the kinds of reasoning,
the classification of the sciences, nominalism and
realism in medieval logic, and the lecturer's scorn
for contemporary philosophy and ". . . the stupid
and utterly antiscientific doctrine that a law of nature
is nothing but a fabrication of the human mind."
779. [Syllogism]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp. of fragments.
Aristotle and the history of logic.
780. Table of Syllogisms
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp. (not in CSP's hand, with the
exception of a single correction).
MSS. 780-782 may be parts of an examination.
781. Classification of Universals
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp. (not in CSP's hand).
782. Table of Contraposition
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p. (not in CSP's hand)
783 [On the Syllogism]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
Possibly an early draft of "Classification of Arguments."
784. Two Fallacies
A. MS., n.p., April 20, 1901, pp. 1-5
CSP notes that Mrs. Ladd-Franklin's method of testing
syllogisms, based on the inconsistency of three propositions,
is very similar to the method he used for the moods
of the fourth figure (but which he rejected) in his
paper: "On the Natural Classification of Arguments"
(see G-1867-1b).
785. Notes (to 1867 paper Vol. 3)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 25 pp.
See G-1867-1a.
786. Notes on Mrs. Franklin's Article "Syllogism"
(Syllogism)
A. MS., n .p ., n.d., pp. 1-18.
787. That Categorical and Hypothetical Propositions are one
in essence, with some connected matters
A. MS., G-c.1895-1, pp. 1-49 (pp. 6-9 missing).
Published in Collected Papers in the following order:
2.332-339, 2.278-280, 1.564-567 (c.1899), 2-340-356.
788. Propositions of the 0 order, Propositions of the
1st order, Syllogisms of 0-0 order, Syllogisms of the
0-1 order, Syllogisms of the 1-1 order
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6.
789. [Elements of a Proposition]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp. and 6 pp. (Universe).
"Universe" of a proposition is defined as
"a series of possibilities to which the proposition
refers but whose limits cannot be described in general
terms but can only be indicated in some other way."
A proposition may relate to several such universes.
790. [Fragment on Hypothetical Propositions]
A. MS., G-undated- 17, 1 p.
Published in entirety as 8.380n4,
791. #5 Analysis of the Proposition
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
792. On the Logical Nature of the Proposition (Dicisign)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-2, with a rejected p. 2.
Notes confusion of proposition with statement, assertion,
physical act of judging, and an act of assent. CSP
proposes to state his own theory of propositions, and
then he launches into a discussion of signs.
793. [On Signs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4, 10-14; plus 9 pp. of variants
and 1 p. (fragment).
An attempt to define "sign" as a medium for
the communication of form. Sign as essentially triadic.
Application of existential graphs to signs. Speculative
grammar, critic, and methodeutic. On p. 14 verso is
the beginning of a letter to "Professor James."
794. Sections of Roget's Thesaurus containing words
meaning signs
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1p.
795. [Classification of Signs on the Basis of Idea,
Token, and Type]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
796. The Art of Reasoning. Chapter I. What is a Sign?
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Introduction of terms: quality, relations, focus, ratio,
a relate, reagents, terms, signification, representamen.
797. [Fragments on Signs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 9 pp. (but not all from the same
work).
798. [On Signs]
A. MS., G-c.1897-3, 5 pp.
Published as 2.227-229 and 2.444n1.
799. [Ten Classes of Signs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
800. P of L
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-6, 10; plus l p.
On the classification of signs.
801. Logic: Regarded as a Study of the General Nature
of Signs (Logic)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-4.
The transition from feeling to knowing. Definition of
"sign." Calculations on the verso of one
of the pages.
* 802. Teleological Logic
A. MS., n.p., begun May 14, 1865, 4 pp., incomplete.
Logic as the semeiotic science of representations. Division
of the sciences into science of things, representations,
and forms. Kinds of representations: signs, symbols,
and copies.
803. [Logic and Signs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-5.
* 804. [Assertion and Signs]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 22, 24, 29, 33.
* 805. [The Essential Nature of Assertions]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 18-20
806. Of Modality
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
The verso of one of the pages contains a chart, dated
July 12, 1908, and labelled "Divisions of Signs."
* 807. [Necessary Modality]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 16-20.
Religious instinct and the evolution of the universe.
Note on the relation of mathematical abilities and
music.
808. Formal Division(s) of Dyadic Relations
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
809. #12. Division of Formal Science
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
The nine prescindible references and the nine formal
sciences.
810. [On the Formal Principles of Deductive Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp. and 4 pp.
An attempt to recapitulate the principles of the logic
of relatives. The nature of a sign, or representation.
811. [Printed Pages of "On the Natural Classification
of Arguments"]
Printed pages (annotated), G-1867-1b (1893).
These pages from The Proceedings of the American Academy
(1867) contain CSP's revisions of 1893. See sup(1)G1867-1b.
Published, again, as 2.461-516, with the revisions
of 1893.
* 812. Logico-Mathematical Glosses
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 8 pp. and pp. 8-9.
Boolean algebra. Sundry misconceptions about mathematical
logic
(pp. 8-9).
813. [Logic and Mathematics]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
Material on existential graphs.
814. Achilles and the Tortoise
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6.
815. [Achilles and the Tortoise]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-6.
816. [On Five Grades of Originality in Logic, with Illustrations
from the History of Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 6 pp.
Comments on Royce as logician and metaphysician, especially
in connection with Royce's memoir, "The Relation
of the Principles of Logic to the Foundations of Geometry."
817. [Various Fragments on Indicative Words, Hypothetical
Propositions, Truth and Satisfaction]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
818. Mr. Bertrand Russell's Paradox
A. MS., n.p., late, 5 pp., unfinished.
819. The Conception of Infinity
A. MS., n p., [c-1880], 5 pp.
De Morgan's syllogism of transposed quantity, and the
inappropriateness of one of De Morgan's examples. Fermatian
inference and the collections to which it does and
does not apply.
820. [Fermatian Inference]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-6.
821. Some Unmanageable Problems
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 7 pp.
Notes on Cantor's "Beitro/ooge zur Begrundung der
transfiniten Mengenlehre" (Mathematische Annalen
of 1895).
822. [Hamilton and Mansel]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Laws of reasoning. Mansel's definitions of "absolute"
and "infinite."
823. [Critic of Arguments]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp., consecutive but incomplete.
An evaluation (and appreciation) of Benjamin Peirce’s
powers of analysis. An examination of Mansel's views
on logic.
824. Triadic Monosynthemes of Six Monads
A. MS., notebook, n.p., n.d.
The notebook also contains a list of names (of students?)
and an estimate of their abilities, but this part of
the notebook is not in CSP's hand. Drafts of two letters
which were in the notebook have been removed and placed
with CSP's correspondence. One of these drafts was
to B. E. Smith and the other to F. C. S. Schiller.
825. (FRL)
A. MS., G-c.1899-1, 3 pp.
Published in entirety as 1.135-40.
826. Some Reveries of a Dotard
A. MS., n.p., late, pp. 1-5.
Logic as the science which distinguishes bad from sound
reasoning. The sense of obligation in reasoning. Reflections
on psychophysics. Fallibilism.
827. [Logic and the Doctrine of "Anti-cock-sure-ism"]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 4 pp.
Inexactitude of physical laws, e.g., law of gravitation.
828. Logic (Li)
A. MS., n.p., November 2, 1910, pp. 1-3.
An analysis of doubt as neither ignorance nor consciousness
of ignorance. Doubt is treated as an emotion.
829. [Absolute Certainty]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 sheets, numbered 2 and 3, incomplete.
CSP's inability to discover a single truth which seems
free of doubt. Discussion of the propositions "I
feel a prick" and "Twice two is four."
830. [Reasoning and Belief]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp., incomplete; plus 1 p. of
a rejected draft.
831. [Reasoning and Instinct]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 2-29, incomplete.
The fine gradations between subconscious or instinctive
mind and conscious, controlled reason. Logical machines
are not strictly reasoning machines because they lack
the ability of self-criticism and the ability to correct
defects which may crop up. Three kinds of reasoning:
inductive, deductive, hypothetical. Quasi-inferences.
832. [Reason and Instinct]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 3 pp.
Reason as inferior to instinct. Comments on the work
of Zeller and other German logicians and historical
philosophers.
833. [Veracity]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 2 pp.
Signs, truth, and veracity. Perfect veracity distinct
from cognizable veracity.
834. [First, Second, and Third Degrees of Knowledge]
A. MS, n.p., n.d., 1 p.
835. [Three Grades of Clearness of Thought]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 9-17, incomplete.
Absurdity of the doctrine of simple concepts.
836. [Fragments on the Normative Sciences]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 5 pp.
837. [Various Topics in Logic]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 27 pp.
Necessary reasoning, hypothesis, the syllogism, the
logic of relatives, and the relationship between logic
and evolution.
838. [Fragments on the Justification of Reasoning]
A. MS., n.p., late, 9 pp.
The fragments, all concerned with the same problem,
are not from the same work. Two of the fragments are
dated: April 10, 1911 and February 22, 1912.
* 839. [Fragments]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 199 pp.
Existential graphs, the logic of relatives, logical
critic, theory of signs, hypothesis and induction,
belief and reasoning, generalization, rationale of
science, and classification are some of the topics
found here. One page is dated September 22, 1860; the
remainder are undated and apparently cover several
periods of CSP's career.
840. [Fragment]
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 p.
"Logic is a sort of tree of knowledge of good and
evil which costs the loss of paradise to him who tastes
of its fruit."
841. A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God (O)
A. MS., G-1908-2, pp. 1-64, with 11 pp. of variants.
Published in the Hibbert Journal, vol. 7, pp. 90-112,
and again as 6.452-480.
*842. A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God (G)
A. MS., G-c.1905-1, pp. 1-134 (p. 27 and pp. 109-120
missing), with 40 pp. Of variants and 1 p. ("Contents
of G").
Published, in part, as 2.755-772, except 757nl (pp.
44-108, except 86-87). Unpublished: Dedication "to
the friend of my dreams." Autobiographical notes
on CSP's early interest in logic. Neglected ("Humble")
argument presented. Logical critic. The nature of real
doubt and inquiry. Man's tendency toward correct conjectures
illustrated. Retroduction and deduction. The division
of signs into iconic, indexical, and symbolic. Two
kinds of deductions: definitory and ratiocinative.
The correction of crude induction, e.g., argument against
miracles. Scholastic realism.
843. A Neglected Argument for the Reality of God (O)
(O)
A. MS., n.p., n.d., pp. 1-71.
Apparently two drafts which are interwoven, with few,
if any, pages missing, but with an order that is difficult
to maintain. Both drafts are drafts of MSS. 841 and
842.
844. Additament to the Article A Neglected Argument
for the Reality of God
A. MS., G-c.1910-1, pp. 1-8, with variants.
Published as 6.486-490 (pp. 1-8) and 6.491 (pp. 4-6
of an alternative section).
* 845. Answers to Questions about my Belief in God (A)
A. MS., G-c.1906-2, pp. 1-58.
Published as 6.494-501 (pp. 1-20) and 6.502-521 (pp.
32-58).
846. Notes for my Logical Criticism of Articles of the
Christian Creed
A. MS., G-c.1910-3, pp. 1-14.
Published in entirety as 7.97-109.
847. First Rough Draught of the Substance of A Logical
Examination of the Christian Creed in Brief Summary
A. MS., n.p., January 23, 1911, pp. 1-7.
CSP introduces himself to his reader: autobiographical
notes on ancestry and family traits. Galton's rule
of inheritance.
848. First Very Rough, Hasty, and Very Summary Draught
(in places requiting and admitting of Great Condensation)
of A Logical Examination of the Christian Creed
A. MS., n.p., January 24, 1911, pp. 1-12.
Slight revision of MS. 847. Galton's law of inheritance.
Autobiographical notes on family background and traits.
849. A Logical Criticism of Some Articles of Religious
Faith
A. MS., n.p., April 9-20, 1911, pp. 1-11 (p. 2 missing;
p. 11 misnumbered).
"Reasoning," "argument," and "sign,"
defined. Nature of signs: objects and interpretants
of signs; the possibility of self-reference of signs.
850. A Logical Criticism of Essential Articles of Religious
Faith
A. MS., n.p., April 22, 1911, pp. 1-3.
For a book which was to be divided into two parts, the
first part relating to logical critic. CSP regrets
"that the darker and more cruel parts of religious
faith have not had justice done to them nor brought
into so high relief as they ought."
851. Rough Draught of Preface to Logical Criticism of
Essential Articles of Religious Faith
A. MS., n.p., April 23, 1911, 1 p.
The spirit of science and the spirit of religion are
opposed. Religious life must begin in feeling.
* 852. A Logical Critique of Essential Articles of Religious
Faith
A. MS., n.p., April 25-May 21, 1911, pp. 1-15 unfinished;
6-14 of a discarded draft; plus 6 pp. also discarded.
CSP's plan to divide his book into two parts, one part
concerned with logical critic and the other with the
application of the principles of logical critic to
religious questions. The meaning of "philosophy"
as "a heuritic science of categorical truth."
Philosophy based upon the common experience of all
mankind. Doubt and belief opposed. Positive and negative
doubt distinguished, with negative doubt regarded as
the mere absence of belief. The meaning of "real";
its Latin derivation. Reality and hallucinatory experience.
Common sense and critical common sense. Verbs and the
Basque language (p. 15).
853. Important Jottings for my Critique of the Articles
of Religious Faith
A. MS., n.p., April 30, 1911, 1 folded sheet.
The failure to accept common sense judgments as true
has led to false metaphysics and to a rejection of
common sense religious faith of the deeper kind.
854. Notes on Logical Critique of the Essential Articles
of Religious Faith
A. MS., n.p., October 20, 1911, 1 folded sheet.
The nature of a sign: sign objects and interpretants.
855. Contents of Rough Draught of Logical Critique of
Religious Faith
A. MS., n.p., n.d., 1 folded sheet.
Presumably an outline of the topics with which CSP's
book is to be concerned. CSP's intention is to couple
logical critic with the facts of human life.
856. A Logical Criticism of the Articles of Religious
Belief
A. MS., n.p., 2 pp. of one of the alternative sections
are dated April 5 and 7, 1911, pp. 1-18, with several
alternative sections.
The contempt for religious faith in scientific circles
reveals, not open-mindedness, but prejudice. Deduction,
induction, and retroduction are the only kinds of reasoning.
Deduction as either necessary or probable. Determinism
and free will. Over-specialization on the part of the
average scientist has
